York Cond Unit Piping Guidelines

AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT
DX COIL SPLIT SYSTEM

APPLICATIONS AND PIPING GUIDELINES
ENGINEERING SUPPLEMENT Supersedes: 050.40-ES3 (408) Form 050.40-ES3 (212)
GUIDELINES FOR PROPER APPLICATION PIPING AND

GUIDELINES FOR SPLIT SYSTEMS
(R-22, R-407c, AND R-410a)
AI
R
AI
R
LD13304
Issue Date:
February 23, 2012
FORM 050.40-ES3
ISSUE DATE: 2/23/2012
IMPORTANT!
READ BEFORE PROCEEDING!
GENERAL SAFETY GUIDELINES
This equipment is a relatively complicated apparatus. which it is situated, as well as severe personal injury or
During installation, operation maintenance or service, death to themselves and people at the site.
individuals may be exposed to certain components or
conditions including, but not limited to: refrigerants, This document is intended for use by owner-authorized
materials under pressure, rotating components, and operating/service personnel. It is expected that these
both high and low voltage. Each of these items has the individual possess independent training that will en-
potential, if misused or handled improperly, to cause able them to perform their assigned tasks properly and
bodily injury or death. It is the obligation and respon- safely. It is essential that, prior to performing any task
sibility of operating/service personnel to identify and on this equipment, this individual shall have read and
recognize these inherent hazards, protect themselves, understood this document and any referenced mate-
and proceed safely in completing their tasks. Failure rials. This individual shall also be familiar with and
to comply with any of these requirements could result comply with all applicable governmental standards and
in serious damage to the equipment and the property in regulations pertaining to the task in question.
SAFETY SYMBOLS
The following symbols are used in this document to alert the reader to specific situations:
Indicates a possible hazardous situation Identifies a hazard which could lead to

which will result in death or serious injury damage to the machine, damage to other
if proper care is not taken. equipment and/or environmental pollu-
tion if proper care is not taken or instruc-
tions and are not followed.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situa- Highlights additional information useful

tion which will result in possible injuries to the technician in completing the work
or damage to equipment if proper care is being performed properly.
not taken.
2 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
CHANGEABILITY OF THIS DOCUMENT

In complying with Johnson Controls’ policy for con- Operating/service personnel maintain responsibility for
tinuous product improvement, the information con- the applicability of these documents to the equipment.
tained in this document is subject to change without If there is any question regarding the applicability of
notice. Johnson Controls makes no commitment to these documents, the technician should verify whether
update or provide current information automatically to the equipment has been modified and if current litera-
the manual owner. Updated manuals, if applicable, can ture is available from the owner of the equipment prior
be obtained by contacting the nearest Johnson Controls to performing any work on the chiller.
Service office.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 3
FORM 050.40-ES3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
4 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 - EQUIPMENT LOCATION..................................................................................................................13

Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 13
General Equipment Installation and Location.................................................................................................. 13
Where Should the Components be Located................................................................................................... 13
Location and Clearances................................................................................................................................. 14
Foundation...................................................................................................................................................... 14
Ground Level Locations.................................................................................................................................. 14
Rooftop Locations........................................................................................................................................... 14
Noise Sensitive Locations............................................................................................................................... 15
Condenser Coil Protection ............................................................................................................................. 15
SECTION 2 - EQUIPMENT SELECTION................................................................................................................17

System Components....................................................................................................................................... 17
Compressor............................................................................................................................................17
Condenser..............................................................................................................................................17
Evaporator..............................................................................................................................................18
Expansion Device...................................................................................................................................20
Application Design Conditions......................................................................................................................... 21
ACCU Condensing Unit Performance Information................................................................................. 21
DX Coil Performance Information........................................................................................................... 21
System Balance Point..................................................................................................................................... 22
Method #1 – Balance Point/Cross Plot Method............................................................................................... 22
ACCU Capacity Ratings......................................................................................................................... 22
Solution DX Coil Capacity Ratings......................................................................................................... 24
ACCU and DX Coil Balance Point Without Suction Line Penalty .......................................................... 26
ACCU and DX Coil Adjusted Balance Point After Suction Line Penalty................................................. 27
Summary................................................................................................................................................28
System Comparison Consideration................................................................................................................. 29
Method #2 – Balance Point/Catalogued Data Method ................................................................................... 30
SECTION 3 - COIL SELECTION/CONFIGURATION..............................................................................................33

DX Coil Types.................................................................................................................................................. 33
ACCU to DX Coil, Circuiting Interface ................................................................................................... 34
DX Coil Circuiting............................................................................................................................................ 34
DX Coil Circuiting and Staging........................................................................................................................ 35
Hot Gas Bypass.............................................................................................................................................. 38
DX Coil Distributor Nozzles............................................................................................................................. 38
Maintaining Adequate Airflow.......................................................................................................................... 38
VAV Systems................................................................................................................................................... 39
Building Automation System Interface............................................................................................................. 39
SECTION 4 - PIPING...............................................................................................................................................41
DX Line Sizing Recommendations.................................................................................................................. 41
Actual Piping Routing Versus Original Piping Design..................................................................................... 41
Suction Lines................................................................................................................................................... 41
Liquid Lines..................................................................................................................................................... 44
JOHNSON CONTROLS 5
FORM 050.40-ES3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)
Basic Tips For Successful Designs................................................................................................................. 44

Liquid Line Piping, Liquid Line Solenoid Valve, and TXV’s.................................................................... 44
DX Coils.................................................................................................................................................44
Suction Line Piping.................................................................................................................................45
Hot Gas Bypass.....................................................................................................................................45
Controls..................................................................................................................................................45
Examples of ACCU-DX Coil Piping Arrangements.......................................................................................... 46
Piping Example #1 – Line Sizing Practice Using R-410A Refrigerant ............................................................ 54
Piping – Size and Selection Practices Overview............................................................................................. 54
Making the Initial YORKworks Selection ............................................................................................... 54
Sales/Marketing YORKworks Program Electronic Tool.......................................................................... 55
Piping Arrangement................................................................................................................................57
Determining Percent System Splits........................................................................................................ 58
Calculating the Final System Capacity .................................................................................................. 59
Design Data and Assumptions............................................................................................................... 59
Suction Line Full Load Duty Selection Procedure.................................................................................. 60
Condensing Temperature Correction..................................................................................................... 60
Equivalent Feet of Pipe Correction......................................................................................................... 60
Suction Line Equivalent Feet Review..................................................................................................... 60
Determining Pipe Fitting Loss................................................................................................................ 61
Determining the Need for Double Suction Risers................................................................................... 62
Double Suction Riser Design and Selection Practices........................................................................... 63
Selecting Liquid Lines..................................................................................................................................... 63
Liquid Line Selection Procedure............................................................................................................. 63
Liquid Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation....................................................................................... 64
Calculating Final Liquid Line Loss.......................................................................................................... 65
Determining “Optional” Hot Gas Bypass (HGBP) Line Size................................................................... 66
Determining Final HGBP Line Sizing..................................................................................................... 67
Piping Example #2 – Line Sizing Practice Using R-22 (R-407C Similar) Refrigerant .................................... 68
Piping – Size and Selection Practices Overview............................................................................................. 68
Piping Arrangement................................................................................................................................70
Determining Percent System Splits........................................................................................................ 71
Calculating the Final System Capacity .................................................................................................. 72
Design Data and Assumptions............................................................................................................... 72
Suction Line Full Load Duty Selection Procedure.................................................................................. 72
Condensing Temperature Correction..................................................................................................... 72
Equivalent Feet of Pipe Correction......................................................................................................... 72
Suction Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation..................................................................................... 74
Suction Line Equivalent Feet Review..................................................................................................... 74
Suction Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation using 2 1/8” Diameter Pipe................................................. 74
Determining Pipe Fitting Loss ............................................................................................................... 74
Determining the Need for Double Suction Risers................................................................................... 75
Double Suction Riser Design and Selection Practices........................................................................... 76
6 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Selecting Liquid Line....................................................................................................................................... 76

Liquid Line Selection Procedure............................................................................................................. 76
Liquid Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation....................................................................................... 77
Liquid Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation using 1-1/8” Diameter Pipe.................................................... 78
Calculating Final Liquid Line Loss.......................................................................................................... 79
Determining “Optional” Hot Gas Bypass (HGBP) Line Size................................................................... 79
Equivalent Feet......................................................................................................................................79
Liquid Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation using 1-1/8” Diameter Pipe.................................................... 79
Determining Final HGBP Line Sizing..................................................................................................... 80
Setting the System Operating Charge.................................................................................................... 81
Calculating the Weigh-in Charge............................................................................................................ 81
ACCU Refrigerant Charge...................................................................................................................... 81
Evaporator Coil Refrigerant Charge....................................................................................................... 82
Split System Line Charges..................................................................................................................... 83
Suction Line Charge Requirements....................................................................................................... 84
Liquid and Suction Line Charge Corrections.......................................................................................... 84
Summary: Step #1 Charge Estimates (Weigh-in Charge)...................................................................... 85
Trimming the Charge..............................................................................................................................85
ACCU Pumpdown Holding Charge Capability Review........................................................................... 85
Pumpdown Requirements for Example #1 using R-410a Refrigerant ................................................... 86
Refrigerant Charge Available in Condenser Coil for Pumpdown............................................................ 86
Air Handling Unit DX Coil Condensate Drain Piping ..................................................................................... 87
SECTION 5 - CONTROLS.......................................................................................................................................89
Capacity Control Approaches.......................................................................................................................... 89
Variable Air Volume System............................................................................................................................ 89
ACCU Suction Pressure Control............................................................................................................ 90
Constant Volume System................................................................................................................................ 90
Supply Air Temperature Control............................................................................................................. 90
ACCU Discharge Temperature Control.................................................................................................. 90
ACCU Constant Volume Utilizing Suction Pressure Control.................................................................. 90
Economizer Operation .................................................................................................................................... 91
External BAS and Other Control Interfaces..................................................................................................... 91
Remote Setpoint Reset................................................................................................................................... 91
ACCU Condensing Unit Ambient Control .............................................................................................. 91
SECTION 6 - NECESSARY COMPONENTS..........................................................................................................93

Thermal Expansion Valve (TXV)..................................................................................................................... 93
Liquid Line Solenoid Valves ........................................................................................................................... 96
Sight Glass...................................................................................................................................................... 97
Filter Drier........................................................................................................................................................ 97
Suction Filter................................................................................................................................................... 98
Refrigerant Liquid Stop Valve.......................................................................................................................... 98
Charging Valve................................................................................................................................................ 98
ACCU Suction Connection.............................................................................................................................. 98
Hot Gas Bypass.............................................................................................................................................. 98
Receiver.......................................................................................................................................................... 98
JOHNSON CONTROLS 7
FORM 050.40-ES3
Oil Separator................................................................................................................................................... 98
Suction Accumulator........................................................................................................................................ 98
Refrigeration Flow Illustrations And Specialities (R-22 Examples).................................................................. 99
SECTION 7 - BRAZING.........................................................................................................................................107
General.......................................................................................................................................................... 107
Brazing Safety............................................................................................................................................... 107
Tools And Equipment Needed....................................................................................................................... 107
Procedures.................................................................................................................................................... 110
SECTION 8 - SYSTEM START-UP........................................................................................................................ 115

Condensing Unit/Air Handling Unit System Start-Up.................................................................................... 115
SECTION 9 - CONDENSING UNIT OPERATION................................................................................................. 117

Initial System Commissioning Or Start-Up.................................................................................................... 117
Basic ACCU System Requirements..................................................................................................... 117
Operating Sequence – Condensing Unit....................................................................................................... 117
When Using ACCU Suction Pressure Control...................................................................................... 117
Compressor Lead/Lag Sequence per Circuit....................................................................................... 117
Shutdown and Pump-down.................................................................................................................. 117
When Using ACCU Discharge Air Temperature Control (DAT)............................................................ 118
Compressor Lead/Lag Sequence per Circuit....................................................................................... 118
System Lead/Lag Feature.................................................................................................................... 118
Shutdown and Pump-down.................................................................................................................. 118
Control From Other Systems......................................................................................................................... 118
Applications And Design Outside The Norm................................................................................................. 118
APPENDIX............................................................................................................................................................. 119
8 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1 - Major System Components��17

FIGURE 2 - Evaporator Coil Types ��18
FIGURE 3 - DX Coil Selection Examples With Circuits Rated 50/50%�� 18
FIGURE 4 - DX Coil Selection Examples With Circuits Rated 50/45%�� 19
FIGURE 5 - DX Coil Selection Examples For Dual ACCU'S��19
FIGURE 6 - Thermal Expansion Valve (TXV) Components (Conditions Are With R-22)�� 20
FIGURE 7 - Cooling Capacity Rating Chart (Shown For R-22)��21
FIGURE 8 - Condensing Unit Capacity At 95° F (Example For R-22)��22
FIGURE 9 - YORKworks Capacity Rating At 95°F Air Temperature And 35°F SST�� 23
FIGURE 10 - YORKworks Capacity Rating At 95°F Air Temperature And 55°F SST�� 23
FIGURE 11 - DX Chill Capacity Rating At 95°F Air Temperature And 35°F SST�� 24
FIGURE 12 - DX Chill Capacity Rating At 95°F Air Temperature And 55°F SST�� 24
FIGURE 13 - YORKworks “Solution” Rating - Entering Air Temp. 80°F DB/67°F WB And 37°F ST�� 25
FIGURE 14 - YORKworks “Solution” Rating - Entering Air Temp. 80°F DB/67°F WB And 49°F ST�� 25
FIGURE 15 - ACCU/DX Coil Cross Plots - Without Suction Line Losses (Shown For R-22)�� 26
FIGURE 16 - ACCU/DX Coil Cross Plots - Adjusted For Suction Line Loss (Shown For R-22)�� 27
FIGURE 17 - ACCU/DX Coil Cross Plots ��28
FIGURE 18 - Capacity Comparsion Of Condensing Units/Coils ��29
FIGURE 19 - Engineering Guide (Shown For R-22)��30
FIGURE 20 - Example From YORKworks Loose Coils Program (Shown For R-22)�� 31
FIGURE 21 - Face Damper Example��33
FIGURE 22 - DX Coil Circuiting Types ��34
FIGURE 23 - Non-Tall/Stacked Coil Design - Standard��34
FIGURE 24 - Non-Tall/Stacked Coil Design - Sq Special (Requires In Depth Interface With
ACCU Allowing Full Face Coverage.)��35
FIGURE 25 - Tall/Stacked Coil Circuiting��35
FIGURE 26 - Tall/Stacked Coil Designs - Sq Special (Requires In Depth Interface With
ACCU Allowing Full Face Coverage.)��36
FIGURE 27 - Tall/Stacked Coil Design - Standard��36
FIGURE 28 - One Coil Circuit Per Refrigerant Circuit��36
FIGURE 29 - Two Coil Circuits Per Refrigerant Circuit��37
FIGURE 30 - Three Compressor ACCU��37
FIGURE 31 - Six Compressor ACCU��38
FIGURE 32 - Examples Of Correct And Incorrect Trapped Sections Of Suction Line�� 42
FIGURE 33 - Example Of Non-Acceptable Underground (or Above Ground) Piping�� 42
FIGURE 34 - Suction Oil Line Trap��43
FIGURE 35 - Piping With DX Coil Above Compressor��43
FIGURE 36 - Piping When ACCU Is Less Than 20 Ft. Above The DX Coil�� 46
FIGURE 37 - Piping When ACCU Is 20 Ft. Or More Above The DX Coil�� 47
FIGURE 38 - Piping When ACCU Is At The Same Level As The DX Coil�� 48
FIGURE 39 - Piping When ACCU Is Lower Than The DX Coil��49
FIGURE 40 - Piping When ACCU Is Less Than 20 Ft. Above Stacked DX Coils�� 50
FIGURE 41 - Piping When ACCU Is More Than 20 Ft. Above Stacked DX Coils�� 51
FIGURE 42 - Piping When ACCU Is At Same Level As DX Coil��52
FIGURE 43 - Piping When ACCU Is Lower Than DX Stacked Coils��53
FIGURE 44 - Example – From Sales YORKworks Performance Data��55
FIGURE 45 - Alternate Example – Using The Sales Engineering Guide�� 56
FIGURE 46 - Example Suction Line Arrangement��57
FIGURE 47 - Example Liquid Line Arrangement��57
FIGURE 48 - Determining Refrigerant Circuit % Split��58
FIGURE 49 - Suction Piping Fitting Losses��61
FIGURE 50 - Double Suction Riser��63
FIGURE 51 - Liquid Piping Fitting Losses��65
FIGURE 52 - HGBP Line Size Recommendations Line Graphs For R-22, R-407C And R-410A�� 67
JOHNSON CONTROLS 9
FORM 050.40-ES3
LIST OF FIGURES (CONT'D)

FIGURE 53 - Example – Using The Sales Engineering Guide��69
FIGURE 54 - Example Suction Line Arrangement��70
FIGURE 55 - Example Liquid Line Arrangement��71
FIGURE 56 - Determining Refrigerant Circuit % Split��71
FIGURE 57 - Suction Piping Fitting Losses��74
FIGURE 58 - Double Suction Riser��76
FIGURE 59 - Liquid Piping Fitting Losses��78
FIGURE 60 - HGBP Line Size Recommendations Line Graphs For R-22, R-407C And R-410A��80
FIGURE 61 - ACCU Refrigerant Charge��82
FIGURE 62 - Evaporator Coil Charge Estimate (YORKworks)��83
FIGURE 63 - Drain Trap Water Location During Draw Through Operation��87
FIGURE 64 - Drain Trap Piping For Draw-Through Unit��87
FIGURE 65 - Drain Trap Piping For Blow-Through Unit (Positive Pressure In Unit)��87
FIGURE 66 - Combining Drain Lines��88
FIGURE 67 - Suction Pressure Control Wiring��90
FIGURE 68 - Discharge Air Temperature Control Wiring��90
FIGURE 69 - Thermal Expansion Bulb Mounting Positions Radially On The Suction Piping��96
FIGURE 70 - Liquid Line Solenoid Valve��96
FIGURE 71 - Sight Glass��97
FIGURE 72 - Sealed Filter Drier��97
FIGURE 73 - Replaceable Core Filter Drier��97
FIGURE 74 - Filter Drier Installation��98
FIGURE 75 - Optional Receiver Installation��98
FIGURE 76 - Installation With Two Interlaced Coils (Or Just One Coil Per Circuit)��100
FIGURE 77 - Installation With Two Stacked Interlaced Coils Per Circuit��101
FIGURE 78 - Hand Held Torch��107
FIGURE 79 - Hand Held Torch And Tanks��108
FIGURE 80 - Tubing Cutter��108
FIGURE 81 - Tubing De-Burring Tool��108
FIGURE 82 - Crocus Cloth��108
FIGURE 83 - Flux��109
FIGURE 84 - Pipe Brazing With Nitrogen�� 110
FIGURE 85 - Pipe Brazing Without Nitrogen�� 110
FIGURE 86 - Clean Pipe After Cutting And Before Fitting�� 110
FIGURE 87 - Joint Thickness Vs Tensile Strength �� 110
FIGURE 88 - Checking Pipe Fit �� 111
FIGURE 89 - Applying Flux To Pipe �� 111
FIGURE 90 - Seating Pipe To Fitting �� 111
FIGURE 91 - Applying Flux To Filler Metal �� 112
FIGURE 92 - Brazing Joints In Direction Of Flow �� 112
FIGURE 93 - Proper Torch Flame For Brazing �� 113
FIGURE 94 - Properly Brazed Joint �� 114
FIGURE 95 - Using Wet Cloth To Protect Components While Brazing �� 114
10 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1 - Maximum Vertical Liquid Line Risers��44
TABLE 2 - Ratings - R-410A (60Hz - English Units) ��56
TABLE 3 - Refrigerant Line Connections��56
TABLE 4 - Determine Suction Line Size/Capacity In Tons R-410A��60
TABLE 5 - Suction Line Condenser Temperature Correction Factor R-410A�� 60
TABLE 6 - Minimum Refrigerant Capacity In Tons For Oil Entrainment Up Suction Risers R-410A�� 62
TABLE 7 - Discharge And Liquid Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-410A�� 64
TABLE 8 - HGBP Line Size Recommendations��66
TABLE 9 - Ratings - R-22 (English Units) ��69
TABLE 10 - Determine Suction Line Size Capacity In Tons For R-22��73
TABLE 11 - Suction Line Condenser Temperature Correction Factor R-22�� 73
TABLE 12 - Minimum Refrigerant Capacity In Tons For Oil Entrainment Up Suction Risers
(Type L Copper Tubing)��75
TABLE 13 - Discharge And Liquid Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-22�� 77
TABLE 14 - HGBP Line Size Recommendations��80
TABLE 15 - Refrigerant Charge In Pounds Per 100 Feet Of Liquid Line�� 84
TABLE 16 - Refrigerant Charge In Pounds Per 100 Feet Of Suction Line�� 84
TABLE 17 - Pressure Drop Correction Factor��94
TABLE 18 - Temperature Correction Factor��94
TABLE 19 - TXV Valve Selection Based On Capacity��95
TABLE 20 - Refrigerant Components, With Two Stacked Interlaced Coils With 2 TXV's And
1 LLSV Per Refrigerant Circuit R-22��102
TABLE 21 - Refrigerant Components, With 1 Full Face Dx Coil With 1 TXV Per Refrigerant Circuit R-22�� 104
TABLE 22 - Brazing Flux�� 113
TABLE 23 - Suction Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-22�� 119
TABLE 24 - Discharge And Liquid Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-22 �� 119
TABLE 25 - Suction Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-407C�� 120
TABLE 26 - Discharge And Liquid Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-407C �� 120
TABLE 27 - Suction Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-410A��121
TABLE 28 - Discharge And Liquid Line Capacities In Tons For Refrigerant R-410A �� 121
TABLE 29 - Minimum Refrigeration Capacity In Tons For Oil Entrainment Up Suction Risers
TABLE 30 - Minimum Refrigeration Capacity In Tons For Oil Entrainment Up Hot Gas Risers
TABLE 31 - Fitting Losses In Equivalent Feet Of Pipe (Screwed, Welded, Flanged And Brazed Connections)�� 124
TABLE 32 - Special Fitting Losses In Equivalent Feet Of Pipe (ASHRAE)�� 124
TABLE 33 - Valve Losses In Equivalent Feet Of Pipe (ASHRAE)��124
TABLE 34 - Refrigerant Charge In Pounds Per 100 Feet Of Suction Line�� 125
TABLE 35 - Refrigerant Charge In Pounds Per 100 Feet Of Discharge Line�� 125
TABLE 36 - Refrigerant Charge In Pounds Per 100 Feet Of Liquid Line�� 125
TABLE 37 - HGBP Quick Line Selection��126
TABLE 38 - HGBP Line Sizing For R-22, R-407C And R-410A Refrigerants�� 126
JOHNSON CONTROLS 11
FORM 050.40-ES3
LEGENDS AND NOTES
The following defines some of the non-script abbrevia-

tions listed in this document along with notes to better
clarify their use.
ACCU Air Cooled Condensing Unit identifying product including but not limited to YCUL, YLUA, etc.
AHU Air Handling Unit
ASC Auxiliary Side Connector
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
BAS Building Automation System
CF Correction Factor
CT Condensing Temperature
CTP Saturated Condensing Temperature
DAT Discharge Air Temperature
DX Direct Expansion (Coil)
EEV Electronic Expansion Valve
EF Equivalent Feet (Pipe)
ETP Saturated Evaporator Temperature
HGBP Hot Gas Bypass
IOM Installation, Operating and Maintenance (Manual)
JCI Johnson Controls Incorporated
LLSV Liquid Line Solenoid Valve
MOP Maximum Operating Pressure
PD Pump down (Or Pumpdown)
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
PWM Pulse Width Modulation (Signal)
SP Suction Pressure
SQ Special Quotation (Used by Sales in YORKworks)
SST Saturated Suction Temperature
TR Temperature Rise
TXV Thermal Expansion Valve
VAV Variable Air Volume
VSD Variable Speed Drive
Notes:
1. Application Guidelines outlined herein are in lined herein and are a requirement by Johnson
part based on ASHRAE Refrigeration standards. Controls. Any deviations or shortcomings must be
Manufacturers requirements are also incorporated addressed at startup and corrected prior to leav-
herein that are important to system and compo- ing the system on. Uncorrected shortcomings can
nent reliability. Any deviations to those outlined affect certain warranties (Reference the Installa-
can affect system operation and reliability. tion Guide form 050.40-CL1 that ships with every
ACCU).
2. Split-System external piping (Between ACCU
and AHU) is the responsibility of the Installing
Contractor. Split-System piping details are out-
12 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 1 - EQUIPMENT LOCATION 1

INTRODUCTION Cooled Condenser Unit (ACCU)* components is re-
quired to assure a successful application. The designer
This document will help you avoid the many pitfalls
assumes responsibility that the piping is installed cor-
facing application engineers and installation contrac-
rectly, that oil return is assured, and refrigerant liquid
tors who design and install piping and control systems
over-feed to the compressors is not a problem due to
for remote condensing and/or DX coil applications.
component selections, piping or controls. The designer
These pitfalls, if not avoided, can result in functional
must make it clear that any deviations from the original
problems during commissioning or hidden problems
component and piping layout must be approved, before
that, although not noticeable now, could result in long-
the change is made.
term system reliability issues.
In addition, experienced and certified contractors must
This document is divided into sections that cover vari- install the refrigerant piping in accordance with the
ous types of interconnecting piping, system compo- consulting engineer’s design using the best industry
nents and controls. The document provides pertinent practices as listed in this manual and the ASHRAE
information that Johnson Controls considers the best Handbook. This is required to assure a successful ap-
practice in regard to the specific application. plication and installation. The designer and contractor
It is difficult to describe best practices based on rules are responsible to insure oil is properly returned to the
and procedures since there will always be situations compressors and refrigerant liquid is prevented from
that either you have never encountered or a combina- entering the compressors. The contractor is responsible
tion of factors that make the rules difficult to interpret. for obtaining the designer’s approval for any devia-
It is very important to remember that all of the rules tions in the piping layout.
and advice contained here are based on the common Johnson Controls is not responsible for
sense application of basic refrigeration and air condi- compressor failures that result from
tioning design and installation theory. poor piping design, component selection,
installation or system control problems.
Using this document in conjunction with a solid back-
ground in HVAC fundamentals will provide a much-
improved methodology for an ultimately reliable de-
sign. Conversely, you should not use this document as WHERE SHOULD THE COMPONENTS BE
the sole source of knowledge with respect to a fairly LOCATED
complex system design. As a starting point, advise the owner or consulting en-
The bottom line is that the inter-connected compo- gineer to locate the air-cooled condensing unit as close
nents, when properly designed and controlled, keep the to the DX-AHU as possible. It is generally required
refrigerant and oil in the proper locations in the system that the total equivalent feet of piping be 150 feet or
during operation and shut-down, while allowing the less (Always refer to IOM for specifics on maximum
equipment to perform its designed performance for its equivalent feet). The following benefits can be real-
expected life. ized by doing this.
This may sound like an over simplification, but that is • Electrical operating costs will be at their lowest
our system design goal. We hope this document com- level. This is the result of maximizing system effi-
pliments your existing HVAC system knowledge, en- ciency by minimizing suction and liquid refriger-
abling you to design highly reliable efficient solutions ant piping losses and penalties.
using YORK equipment. • The refrigerant charge requirement is minimized,
reducing initial system cost.
GENERAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION • This promotes environmental design responsibil-
AND LOCATION ity. Less refrigerant is available to escape into the
It is recommended that only experienced engineers de- environment, if a leak would occur.
sign remote piping systems. Experience in all aspects • The system benefits because the piping design is
of piping design, airside components, controls, and Air simpler, more direct, less complicated, and pro-
* Applies to YCUL and YLUA motes oil return.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 13
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 1 - EQUIPMENT LOCATION
LOCATION AND CLEARANCES FOUNDATION

Condensing units are designed for rooftop or ground The unit should be mounted on a flat and level foun-
level outdoor installations. The following points should dation, floor, or rooftop capable of supporting the en-
be considered when locating the condensing unit: tire operating weight of the equipment. If the unit is
elevated beyond the normal reach of service person-
• Suction line must not create a liquid/oil trap (i.e. nel, a suitable catwalk must be installed and capable of
eliminate any oil or liquid refrigerant unwanted supporting service personnel, their equipment, and the
traps on suction lines between the DX coil and the compressors.
compressor).
• Minimal direct exposure to the sun. GROUND LEVEL LOCATIONS
• Sufficient clearances for air entrance to the con- It is important that the units be installed on a substan-
denser coil. tial base that will not settle. A one-piece concrete slab
with footers extended below the frost line is highly rec-
• Air discharge away from the condenser. ommended. Additionally, the slab should not be tied to
• Service access to the ACCU mechanical compo- the main building foundations as noise and vibration
nents and electrical panel. may be transmitted. Mounting holes are provided in
the steel base channel for bolting the unit to its founda-
• Avoid condenser air re-circulation. Recommend- tion.
ed the ACCU minimum clearances are:
For ground level installations, take precautions to pro-
• Side to wall – 6 feet tect the unit from tampering by, or injury to, unauthor-
• Rear to wall – 6 feet ized persons. Screws and/or latches on access panels
will prevent casual tampering. However, further safety
• Control panel to end wall – 4 feet precautions such as a fenced-in enclosure or locking
• Top – no obstructions allowed devices on the panels may be advisable.
• Distance between adjacent units – 10 feet For grassy areas; it is highly recommended that grass
areas surrounding a condensing unit or chiller, be far
• No more than one adjacent wall may be high- enough away so that there is no possibility of grass clip-
er than the unit pings fouling the condenser coils. It is recommended a
In installations where winter operation is intended and slab be poured, that would also offer a service area.
snow accumulations are expected, the condensing unit
ROOFTOP LOCATIONS
should be elevated to insure normal condenser airflow.
The roof structure must be capable of safely supporting the
Air-handling units can be mounted outdoors or indoors. entire operating weight of the unit and service personnel.
The location of the air-handling unit should allow for A consulting engineer should review/approve the location.
unobstructed airflow through the outside air and ex-
haust air openings, as well as easy access to the elec- Take care not to damage the roof. Consult the building
trical box and all access doors. Location of the units contractor or architect, if the roof is bonded. Isolators
should also be away from building flue stacks or ex- should be mounted under the base of the unit to mini-
haust ventilators to prevent reintroduction of contami- mize vibration.
nated air through the outside air intakes.
14 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
NOISE SENSITIVE LOCATIONS CONDENSER COIL PROTECTION

1
Assure that the unit is not located next to occupied Standard condenser coil construction materials include
spaces or noise sensitive areas where noise would be aluminum fins, copper tubes and galvanized tube sup-
a problem. Unit noise is a result of compressor and ports for generally good corrosion resistance. How-
fan operation. The ASHRAE Applications Handbook ever, these materials are not adequate for all environ-
states that sound data for outdoor equipment is ob- ments. The system designer can take steps to inhibit
tained in accordance with ARI Standard 370, which coil corrosion in coastal or harsh applications and en-
requires that the A-weighted and octave band Sound hance equipment life by choosing from YORK con-
Power Levels be provided. Considerations should be denser coil options, based on project design parameters
made utilizing the Sound Power Data published in and related environmental factors.
YORKworks. Optional low sound fans and compres-
sor sound options are available to help lower the equip- Options available are black fin, copper fin, and coated
ment sound. condenser coils. Coils constructed with corrosion re-
sistant copper fins are applicable for coastal locations,
Air-handling unit noise is a result of supply fan and re- but are not recommended in areas where units may be
turn fan operation. Consult YORK publication 100.00- exposed to acid rain. Pre-coated aluminum fin coils are
AG2 (303) Acoustic Checks for Air Handling Projects a cost effective way of increasing condenser coil dura-
for project design guidelines. bility and should be offered as a minimum for near sea-
shore applications. Post dipped coated condenser coils
can be the best choice for seashore or where salt spray
may hit the fins and other acid, solvent, and alkaline
environments within a 3.0 to 12.0 pH range.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 15
FORM 050.40-ES3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
16 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 2 - EQUIPMENT SELECTION
SYSTEM COMPONENTS Condenser

To correctly match a condensing unit with a DX coil, An air-cooled condenser typically has one or more heat
it is important to understand the components of the transfer coils and one or more fans. The fans draw am-
refrigeration system and their functions. A refrigerant bient air through the coils, which causes the hot refrig- 2
system consists of four major components: the com- erant gas inside the tubes to condense. The capacity of
pressor, condenser, expansion device and evaporator. an air-cooled condenser depends upon the temperature
Each of these components shown in Figure 1 on page and flow rate of the ambient air and the surface area of
17 must be properly sized and installed in order to the coil.
operate together and perform correctly.
As the high-pressure refrigerant flows through the coil,
Compressor it begins to condense, but remains at a steady tempera-
ture and pressure (for R-22) while for R-407c the tem-
The function of a compressor is to raise the pressure of perature and pressure will drop slightly due to the glide
the refrigerant gas to a point where the temperature at of the refrigerant (R-410a Glide is minimal). The con-
which the gas will condense is higher than the ambient denser coils are sized such that the refrigerant gas has
temperature of the air being used to condense it. For completely condensed and more heat will be removed
example, if the ambient design air temperature is 95°F, from it. This process is known as sub-cooling. Sub-
the refrigerant gas will typically be compressed to a cooling the liquid refrigerant prevents it from flashing
pressure where the condensing, or saturation, tempera- back to its vapor state as its pressure drops between the
ture is 120°-130°F. condenser and the expansion device. Sub-cooling also
In scroll compressors, the refrigerant gas is compressed improves the cooling capability of the refrigerant.
between the faces of two interlocking scrolls, one of
which orbits while the other remains stationary.
LD09135
Figure 1 - MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
JOHNSON CONTROLS 17
FORM 050.40-ES3
SYS #2** SYS #1* (R-410a Glide is minimal). The coil capacity is deter-
mined by the type and amount of refrigerant used, the
temperature difference between the air and the liquid
refrigerant, and the amount of air passing over the coil.
FACE SPLIT ROW SPLIT INTERLACED

Once the refrigerant has completely evaporated, its
* Always on First
**Fewest Rows
LD13319 ability to cool the air decreases dramatically. If too little
Figure 2 - EVAPORATOR COIL TYPES refrigerant is fed to the coil, it will evaporate quickly
and the air will not be adequately cooled. If too much
refrigerant is fed to the coil it will not evaporate at all
Evaporator and liquid refrigerant will return to the compressor. Di-
The evaporator coil removes heat from the supply air- rect expansion (DX) evaporator coils are designed to
stream, cooling the supply air in the process. The evap- evaporate all refrigerant in the coil and then “super-
orator coil generally consists of several rows of copper heat” the refrigerant gas in the last row or two of coil
tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum (or copper) tubes. The refrigerant gas is superheated to ensure it
heat transfer fins. Depending on the size and capacity does not condense back to its liquid state in the suction
of the coil it may consist of one, or several refrigerant line. Superheat is also used to control the expansion
circuits (see Figure 2 on page 18). device.
A refrigerant distributor on each DX evaporator coil With regards to DX coil circuits – it is very important
circuit feeds low pressure, low temperature liquid re- that the number of Air Cooled Condenser Systems (or
frigerant to the coil tubes. It is critical that all the dis- circuits) be “interfaced” with the correct quantity of
tributor tubes are the same length so the pressure drop DX coil distributors (can be multiple), while allowing
across them will be equal and the refrigerant will be full face coverage and balanced capacity. See Figures
evenly distributed to the coil tubes. 3, 4 and 5(also reference SECTION 3 - COIL SELEC-
TION/CONFIGURATION for additional detail/clarifi-
As the liquid refrigerant passes through the coil tubes, cations).
heat is transferred from the supply air stream to the re-
frigerant. As heat is added to the liquid refrigerant, it Example #1
begins to evaporate much like water boiling on a stove.
Figure 3 on page 18 is for illustration purposes only.
The liquid-vapor mixture remains at a constant tem-
DX coil circuits may vary from “correct” version il-
perature and pressure until it completely vaporizes (for
lustration shown below as long as load is balanced and
R-22), while for R-407c the temperature and pressure
full face coverage is maintained.
will drop slightly due to the glide of the refrigerant
ACCU with DX Coil Selection

DX Coil Selection 2 Systems using 6 Distributor ACCU with
using 3 Distributor (Circuits) Circuits rated for 2 Systems
Circuits rated for 50/50% 50/50% (Circuits)
50/50% 50/50%
INCORRECT - Coil Load not balanced; is CORRECT - Coil Load is balanced; is Full Face per
split-faced; cannot be interfaced correctly. system; properly interfaced. LD13287
Figure 3 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES WITH CIRCUITS RATED 50/50%
18 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Example #2 Example #3
Figure 4 on page 19 is for illustration purposes only. Figure 5 on page 19 dual ACCU’s are for illustra-
DX coil circuits may vary from “correct” version il- tion purposes only (some applications may utilize dual
lustration shown below as long as load is balanced and ACCU’s to achieve greater tonnage packages. DX coil
full face coverage is maintained. circuits may vary from “correct” version illustration
shown below as long as load is balanced, full face cov-
erage is maintained, and access provision is provided). 2
Also note, ACCU % Split may vary from that shown
in this illustration..
ACCU with DX Coil Selection

DX Coil Selection 2 Systems using 4 Distributor ACCU with
using 2 Distributor (Circuits) Circuits rated for 2 Systems
Circuits (50/50% 55/45% 55/45% (Circuits)
split would also be 55/45%
incorrect)
split-faced; cannot be interfaced correctly. system; properly interfaced.
LD13288
Figure 4 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES WITH CIRCUITS RATED 50/45%
Single DX Coil selection using 6 (2) Separate DX Coil selections with

distributor circuits selected 50/50% in access, each having 6 distributors.
YORKworks.
ACCU with ? ACCU with ACCU with ACCU with

2 Systems 2 Systems 2 System 2 Systems
(Circuits) (Circuits) (Circuits) (Circuits)
50/50%
? 50/50% 55/45% 50/50%
With Nom. 36" Access*
split-faced; cannot be interfaced correctly. system; properly interfaced.
* Acess Provision
LD13289
Figure 5 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES FOR DUAL ACCU'S
JOHNSON CONTROLS 19
FORM 050.40-ES3
Expansion Device As the temperature of the superheated suction gas

The expansion device controls the flow of liquid refrig- leaving the evaporator rises due to an increase in the
erant to the evaporator coil. YORK uses temperature cooling load, refrigerant in the sensing bulb evaporates
controlled, (thermostatic) expansion valves (TXV's) as increasing the pressure on the valve diaphragm. The
shown in Figure 6 on page 20. The TXV has two increased pressure causes the valve to open and allows
primary components: the valve body and the sensing more refrigerant to flow into the coil to meet the higher
bulb. cooling demand. When the temperature of the suction
gas drops due to a decrease in the cooling load, the gas
The valve regulates the flow of refrigerant to the evap- in the sensing bulb condenses reducing its pressure on
orator coil. As refrigerant passes through the valve it the valve diaphragm. This allows the valve to restrict
is adiabatically expanded (that is, without the addition the flow of refrigerant into the coil until the lower cool-
of energy). This causes the pressure and temperature ing demand is adequately met.
of the liquid refrigerant to drop, making it suitable for
cooling the air. The valve body contains a superheat spring that keeps
everything in balance. By turning a screw in the bottom
The amount of refrigerant fed to the coil is based on the of the valve the spring can be set for a certain amount
cooling load of the supply air and the resultant amount of superheat. For example, if the superheat spring is
of superheat created. As the cooling load increases, the set for 15°F of superheat it will exert a pressure on the
liquid refrigerant absorbs more heat and evaporates valve equal to the pressure the vaporized gas in the
more quickly. This means that more of the evaporator sensing bulb will exert on the valve diaphragm when
coil is available to superheat the refrigerant vapor and the suction gas is superheated by 15°F. The equalizer
it leaves the coil at a higher temperature. Conversely as line is used to prevent the pressure drop that occurs
the cooling load decreases, the liquid refrigerant does across the distributor and DX coil from affecting the
not evaporate as quickly so less superheating occurs and operation of the expansion valve.
the refrigerant leaves the coil at a lower temperature. Johnson Controls generally recommends
The sensing bulb attached to the valve is charged with setting the superheat for 15°F of super-
a mix of liquid and vapor refrigerant. This refrigerant heat (Always refer to IOM for specifics on
must be the same type as that in the system. The re- superheat recommendations). The super-
frigerant vapor in the sensing bulb exerts pressure on heat should always be set when the unit is
a diaphragm in the valve body, which causes the valve operating at or close to design conditions.
to open or close. With a system at minimum load, superheat
should never drop below 10°F.
Diaphragm
105ºF Capillary
210 psig Tube
Distributor
Evap. Coil
44ºF, 74 psig
Liquid Line
Valve Body Sensing Bulb
63ºF 59ºF, 100 psig
Superheat 108 psig
Spring
46ºF
78 psig 59ºF, 74 psig
Superheat Superheated
Adjustment
Screw (Set to 34 psig) Equalizer Line
LD09137
Figure 6 - THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE (TXV) COMPONENTS (CONDITIONS ARE WITH R-22)
20 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
YCUL0056EC
AIR TEMPERATURE ON CONDENSER (ºF)
SST 75ºF 80ºF 85ºF 90ºF 95ºF 100ºF
(ºF) TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER
35.0 47.8 40.1 12.6 46.7 42.2 11.7 45.6 44.5 10.9 44.5 47.0 10.2 43.3 49.6 9.4 42.0 52.4 8.7
37.0 49.6 40.4 12.9 48.5 42.5 12.1 47.3 44.8 11.3 46.1 47.3 10.5 44.9 49.9 9.7 43.6 52.7 9.0
39.0 51.4 40.8 13.3 50.3 42.9 12.4 49.1 45.1 11.6 47.8 47.6 10.8 46.5 50.3 10.0 45.2 53.1 9.2
41.0 53.3 41.1 13.7 52.1 43.2 12.8 50.9 45.5 11.9 49.6 47.9 11.1 48.2 50.6 10.3 46.9 53.4 9.5
43.0
45.0
55.2
57.2
41.4
41.8
14.1
14.5
54.0
55.9
43.5
43.9
13.2
13.5
52.7
54.5
45.8
46.2
12.3
12.6
51.3
53.2
48.3
46.6
11.4
11.8
50.0
51.7
50.9
51.3
10.6
10.9
48.6
50.3
53.8
54.1
9.8
10.1
2
47.0 59.2 42.2 14.9 57.8 44.3 13.9 56.4 46.5 13.0 55.0 49.0 12.1 53.5 51.7 11.2 52.0 54.5 10.4
49.0 61.2 42.6 15.3 59.8 44.6 14.3 58.4 46.9 13.3 56.9 49.4 12.4 55.4 52.0 11.5 53.8 54.9 10.7
51.0 63.3 43.0 15.6 61.8 45.0 14.7 60.4 47.3 13.7 58.8 49.8 12.8 57.2 52.4 11.8 55.7 55.3 11.0
53.0 65.5 43.4 16.0 63.9 45.4 15.0 62.4 47.7 14.0 60.8 50.1 13.1 59.2 52.8 12.2 57.5 55.7 11.3
55.0 67.6 43.8 16.4 66.1 45.9 15.4 64.4 48.1 14.4 62.8 50.6 13.4 61.1 53.2 12.5 59.4 56.1 11.6
Figure 7 - COOLING CAPACITY RATING CHART (SHOWN FOR R-22)
APPLICATION DESIGN CONDITIONS DX Coil Performance Information

Before selecting equipment, you must first establish The direct expansion (DX) evaporator coil can be se-
these basic working parameters: lected using the YORKworks program. To select the
DX coil, you enter the cooling capacity or the leaving
• The design cooling load air temperature, and the saturated evaporating temper-
• The design outdoor air temperature ature (ETP). It is important to realize the ETP is the
temperature at which the refrigerant gas evaporates (it
• The refrigerant saturated suction temperature does not include superheat).
The design-cooling load is typically found on the job It is equally important to note that the ETP of the DX
schedule. The design outdoor air temperature may coil will typically be 1°F to 2°F higher than the SST
also be listed on the job schedule. If it isn't, it can be of the condensing unit. This is because as suction gas
estimated from the climate data found in Chapter 28 flows from the DX coil to the compressor, its pressure
(Climatic Design Information) of the 2005 ASHRAE drops slightly and therefore, its temperature decreases
Fundamentals Handbook. If the ACCU saturated suc- by 1°F to 2°F. The evaporator coil ETP will typically
tion temperature (SST) is not known, assume it is in be 45°F, if the ACCU SST is 43°F.
the range of 40°F to 45°F. This represents the standard
industry approach. ETP's up to 50°F may be acceptable for certain applica-
tions, but humidity control becomes difficult at ETP's
ACCU Condensing Unit Performance higher than 50°F. Likewise, design ETP's below 37°F
Information can result in ice building up on the evaporator during
When using a pre-engineered condensing unit, for ex- periods of reduced load and should be avoided unless
ample a YORK Model ACCU, you can use ratings such provisions are made for periodic coil defrost.
as those shown in Figure 7 on page 21 (Example
for R-22) to determine which condensing unit size will
satisfy the cooling capacity of the system. This rating
chart is in the Engineering Guide.
ACCU* computer ratings are also available from
YORKworks or the design03 dxchill mainframe pro-
gram.
* ACCU Applies to YCUL and YLUA and other similar air cooled condensing units.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 21
FORM 050.40-ES3
SYSTEM BALANCE POINT METHOD #1 – BALANCE POINT/CROSS PLOT

METHOD
It is essential to establish a system balance point be-
tween the ACCU and the DX evaporator coil. This bal- A precise system balance point can be obtained by plot-
ance point assures that both the ACCU and DX evapo- ting the capacity of the DX coil versus the capacity of
rator coil will provide the performance duty specified the condensing unit at various saturated temperatures.
(as selected in YORKworks), and that the DX evapora- The point at which the two capacity lines cross is the
tor coil has been properly interfaced performance wise. system balance point.
There are two methods for determining and document-
ing the system balance point: The initial balance point of the system occurs where
the saturated temperature of the condensing unit’s ca-
• Method #1 – Balance Point/Cross Plot Method pacity and the saturated suction temperature (SST) in-
tersects with the DX coil’s capacity and ETP. Thus, the
• Method#2 – Balance Point/Catalogued Data Method
condensing unit SST and the DX coil ETP are equal at
Either method first requires a calculation of the suc- this initial balance point without any consideration for
tion line loss. Suction line loss can be determined by suction line penalty.
a thorough review of the piping (i.e. equivalent length
Vs diameter used). This procedure is outlined in SEC- For example, consider an approximate 50-ton R-22
TION 4 - PIPING, under “Selecting Suction Lines” system, using a “Solution” DX coil and YCUL0056EC
through “Suction Piping Penalty” which offers an ex- condensing unit. The typical outdoor design tempera-
ample. Suction line penalties (or line loss) should not ture of 95°F is used in this example for the ACCU and
exceed a nominal 2°F. being matched to a Solution DX coil cooling 18,000
CFM 80°F , EAT-DB and 67°F, EAT-WB with a 57.5"
As a rule of thumb, on short equivalent x 90", 4 row, 12 FPI, ½" aluminum fin coil.
runs of say 75 feet you can use 1°F line
loss for rough estimating purposes. On ACCU Capacity Ratings
equivalent lengths between 75 – 150 feet, Since 95°F outdoor ambient temperature is typically
use a 1°F – 2°F ratio respectively. Again, used in many locations, capacity data can be taken
these are rough estimated line loss only from the Engineering Guide at several SSTs for the
(always consult with Application Engi- YCUL0056EC (e.g. R-22; 35°F SST/43.3 tons; 55°F
neering over 150 equivalent feet). SST/61.1 tons, as shown in Figure 8 on page 22).
The ACCU performance ratings are available from
YORKworks as shown in Figure 9 on page 23 and
Figure 10 on page 23.
Typical OAT
YCUL0056EC
AIR TEMPERATURE ON CONDENSER (ºF)
SST 75ºF 80ºF 85ºF 90ºF 95ºF 100ºF
(ºF) TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER
35.0 47.8 40.1 12.6 46.7 42.2 11.7 45.6 44.5 10.9 44.5 47.0 10.2 43.3 49.6 9.4 42.0 52.4 8.7
37.0 49.6 40.4 12.9 48.5 42.5 12.1 47.3 44.8 11.3 46.1 47.3 10.5 44.9 49.9 9.7 43.6 52.7 9.0
39.0 51.4 40.8 13.3 50.3 42.9 12.4 49.1 45.1 11.6 47.8 47.6 10.8 46.5 50.3 10.0 45.2 53.1 9.2
41.0 53.3 41.1 13.7 52.1 43.2 12.8 50.9 45.5 11.9 49.6 47.9 11.1 48.2 50.6 10.3 46.9 53.4 9.5
43.0 55.2 41.4 14.1 54.0 43.5 13.2 52.7 45.8 12.3 51.3 48.3 11.4 50.0 50.9 10.6 48.6 53.8 9.8
45.0 57.2 41.8 14.5 55.9 43.9 13.5 54.5 46.2 12.6 53.2 46.6 11.8 51.7 51.3 10.9 50.3 54.1 10.1
47.0 59.2 42.2 14.9 57.8 44.3 13.9 56.4 46.5 13.0 55.0 49.0 12.1 53.5 51.7 11.2 52.0 54.5 10.4
49.0 61.2 42.6 15.3 59.8 44.6 14.3 58.4 46.9 13.3 56.9 49.4 12.4 55.4 52.0 11.5 53.8 54.9 10.7
51.0 63.3 43.0 15.6 61.8 45.0 14.7 60.4 47.3 13.7 58.8 49.8 12.8 57.2 52.4 11.8 55.7 55.3 11.0
53.0 65.5 43.4 16.0 63.9 45.4 15.0 62.4 47.7 14.0 60.8 50.1 13.1 59.2 52.8 12.2 57.5 55.7 11.3
55.0 67.6 43.8 16.4 66.1 45.9 15.4 64.4 48.1 14.4 62.8 50.6 13.4 61.1 53.2 12.5 59.4 56.1 11.6
Figure 8 - CONDENSING UNIT CAPACITY AT 95° F (EXAMPLE FOR R-22)
22 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Air Cooled Scroll Condensing Unit

Performance Specification
Unit Tag Qty Model No. Capacity (Tons) Volts/Ph/Hz Refrigerant
1 43.3 460/3/60 R-22
Pin No: YCUL0056EC46XCASXXXXXXXLXXXX35XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Evaporator Data Condenser Date Performance Data

SST (ºF) 35.0 Ambient Temp. (ºF) 95.0 EER 9.4 2
Altitude (ft.) 0.0 NPLV 13.6
Rigging Wt. (lbs.) 4057.0
Operating Wt. (lbs.) 4057.0
Pumping Down (gal.) 58.4
Electrical Data
Circuit 1 2 3 4
Compressor RLA 19.9/19.9 19.9/19.9
Compressor Start Current (LRA) 167.0/167.0 167.0/167.0
Fan FLA (each) 4.0 4.0
Single Point
Min. Circuit Ampacity 101.0
Min. Non-Fused Disconnect (Amps) 150.0
Min. Dual Element Fuse Size (Amps) 110.0
Max. Dual Element Fuse Size (Amps) 110.0
Min. Circuit Breaker (Amps) 110.0
Max. Circuit Breaker (Amps) 110.0
Wire Range (Lug Size) #10 - #1
Total Amps 95.6 Inrush (PW) Amps 167.0 Starter Type Across the Line
Compressor kW 49.6 Total Fan kW 5.6 Total kW 55.2
Notes:
Figure 9 - YORKWORKS CAPACITY RATING AT 95°F AIR TEMPERATURE AND 35°F SST
Air Cooled Scroll Condensing Unit

Performance Specification
Unit Tag Qty Model No. Capacity (Tons) Volts/Ph/Hz Refrigerant
1 61.1 460/3/60 R-22
Pin No: YCUL0056EC46XCASXXXXXXXLXXXX55XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Evaporator Data Condenser Date Performance Data

SST (ºF) 55.0 Ambient Temp. (ºF) 95.0 EER 12.5
Altitude (ft.) 0.0 NPLV 17.9
Rigging Wt. (lbs.) 4057.0
Operating Wt. (lbs.) 4057.0
Pumping Down (gal.) 58.4
Electrical Data
Circuit 1 2 3 4
Compressor RLA 19.9/19.9 19.9/19.9
Compressor Start Current (LRA) 167.0/167.0 167.0/167.0
Fan FLA (each) 4.0 4.0
Single Point
Min. Circuit Ampacity 101.0
Min. Non-Fused Disconnect (Amps) 150.0
Min. Dual Element Fuse Size (Amps) 110.0
Max. Dual Element Fuse Size (Amps) 110.0
Min. Circuit Breaker (Amps) 110.0
Max. Circuit Breaker (Amps) 110.0
Wire Range (Lug Size) #10 - #1
Total Amps 95.6 Inrush (PW) Amps 167.0 Starter Type Across the Line
Compressor kW 53.2 Total Fan kW 5.6 Total kW 58.8
Notes:
Figure 10 - YORKWORKS CAPACITY RATING AT 95°F AIR TEMPERATURE AND 55°F SST
JOHNSON CONTROLS 23
FORM 050.40-ES3
DXCHILLF
SMALL TONNAGE Jan 10, 2003
SCROLL CHILLER RATING REV. v4_30.yau
Issue date: 12/02
EXCLUSIVELY FOR: CROSS PLOT DATA EXAMPLE
JOB NAME: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SATURATED SUCTION PERFORMANCE
MODEL YCUL0056EC VOLTAGE 460-3-60 REFRIGERANT R22

UNIT
TONS 43.3 TOTAL KW = COMPRESSOR 49.6 + FANS 5.6 = 55.2 EER 9.4
SATURATED SUCTION TEMP SYSTEM 1 35.0 F

SYSTEM 2 35.0 F
CONDENSER: DESIGN AIR TEMPERATURE 95.0 F. ALTITUDE 0. FT
FANS IN OPERATION 4 TOTAL CFM 47360.
CONDENSER TEMP SYSTEM 1 117.1 F

SYSTEM 2 117.1 F
Figure 11 - DX CHILL CAPACITY RATING AT 95°F AIR TEMPERATURE AND 35°F SST
DXCHILLF
SMALL TONNAGE Jan 10, 2003
SCROLL CHILLER RATING REV. v4_30.yau
Issue date: 12/02
EXCLUSIVELY FOR: CROSS PLOT DATA EXAMPLE
JOB NAME: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SATURATED SUCTION PERFORMANCE
MODEL YCUL0056EC VOLTAGE 460-3-60 REFRIGERANT R22

UNIT
TONS 61.1 TOTAL KW = COMPRESSOR 53.2 + FANS 5.6 = 58.8 EER 12.5
SATURATED SUCTION TEMP SYSTEM 1 55.0 F

SYSTEM 2 55.0 F
CONDENSER: DESIGN AIR TEMPERATURE 95.0 F. ALTITUDE 0. FT
FANS IN OPERATION 4 TOTAL CFM 47360.
CONDENSER TEMP SYSTEM 1 123.5 F

SYSTEM 2 123.5 F
Figure 12 - DX CHILL CAPACITY RATING AT 95°F AIR TEMPERATURE AND 55°F SST
The same performance could be provided from the dx- Solution DX Coil Capacity Ratings
chill computer program, as shown in Figure 11 on page The YORKworks program is used to obtain a typical
24 and Figure 12 on page 24 for 35°F and 55°F rating. In this case, a “Solution” with 4 row, 12 fins per
SSTs. inch DX coil was rated. The YORKworks performance
The ACCU data points (from either the Engineering specifications are shown in Figure 13 on page 25 and
Guide chart, YORKworks or the dxchill computer rat- Figure 14 on page 25 for the entering air temperature
ing) can be used to construct the condensing unit cross of 80°F dry bulb/67°F wet bulb with 37°F and 49°F
plot. suction ETP's. These data points can be used to con-
struct the DX coil cross plot in Figure 15 on page 26.
24 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
LOOSE COIL
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
Unit Tag Quantity Coil Type Air Flow (cfm) Function

Solution 1 BDX (DX) 18000 Rate
Input Data
General Air Side Fluid Side
2
Application: Cooling Altitude (ft.) 0 Refrigeration R22
Tube Diameter: 1/2" Air Flow (cfm) 18000 Suction Temp. (ºF) 37.0
Tube Wall Thickness: 0.016" Face Velocity )ft/min): 501 No. Distributors: 4
Casing Material: Galvanized Steel EAT-DB (ºF): 80.0 Capacity Split: 50-50
Fin Material:
Fin Thickness:
Aluminum
0.006"
EAT-WB (ºF):
Max. APD (in. w.g):
67.0
2.00
Ref. Vol. (ft.³): 2.00 REFRIGERANT
Fin Height: 57.50" Req. LAT-WB (ºF) n/a TYPE
Fin Length: 90" Req. TMBH n/a
Dry Weight (lbs): 385.7
Note: Coil is not coated
Output Data
General Air Side Performance Fluid Side Performance
Rows: 4 LAT-DB (ºF): 50.51 RPD (PSI): 6.7
FPI: 12 LAT-WB (ºF) 49.65
No. of Circuits: 46 TMBH (ºF) 910.0
Suction: 2-1/8" SMBH 574.2
Liquid: 1-3/8" and 1-3/8" APD (in. w.g): 0.45
Distributor(s): 1126-11-5/16-25-30(ASC-11-7),1126-12-5/16-25-34
Note(s): All water, R22 DX and steam coils are certified in accordance to ARI Standard 410.
910.0 MBH/12 = 75.8 Tons

LD09138
Figure 13 - YORKWORKS “SOLUTION” RATING - ENTERING AIR TEMP. 80°F DB/67°F WB AND 37°F ST
LOOSE COIL
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
Unit Tag Quantity Coil Type Air Flow (cfm) Function

Solution 1 BDX (DX) 18000 Rate
Input Data
General Air Side Fluid Side
Application: Cooling Altitude (ft.) 0 Refrigeration R22
Tube Diameter: 1/2" Air Flow (cfm) 18000 Suction Temp. (ºF) 49.0
Tube Wall Thickness: 0.016" Face Velocity )ft/min): 501 No. Distributors: 4
Casing Material: Galvanized Steel EAT-DB (ºF): 80.0 Capacity Split: 50-50
Fin Material: Aluminum EAT-WB (ºF): 67.0 Ref. Vol. (ft.³): 2.00
Fin Thickness: 0.006" Max. APD (in. w.g): 2.00
Fin Height: 57.50" Req. LAT-WB (ºF) n/a
Fin Length: 90" Req. TMBH n/a
Dry Weight (lbs): 385.7
Note: Coil is not coated
Output Data
General Air Side Performance Fluid Side Performance
Rows: 4 LAT-DB (ºF): 57.34 RPD (PSI): 2.3
FPI: 12 LAT-WB (ºF) 56.30
No. of Circuits: 46 TMBH (ºF) 592.1
Suction: 2-1/8" SMBH 437.9
Liquid: 1-1/8" and 1-1/8" APD (in. w.g): 0.44
Distributor(s): 1116-11-1/4-15-30(ASC-9-5),1116-12-1/4-15-34
Note(s): All water, R22 DX and steam coils are certified in accordance to ARI Standard 410.
592.1 MBH/12 = 49.3 Tons
LD09138
Figure 14 - YORKWORKS “SOLUTION” RATING - ENTERING AIR TEMP. 80°F DB/67°F WB AND 49°F ST
JOHNSON CONTROLS 25
FORM 050.40-ES3
ACCU and DX Coil Balance Point Without point occurs at 53.8 tons and 46.9°F (SST and ETP*)
Suction Line Penalty saturated temperature. This following cross plot does
When the capacities of the ACCU and Solution DX not take the suction line penalty (losses) into account.
coil are plotted (Figure 15 on page 26), the balance
ACCU/DX Coil Cross Plots - Without Suction Line Losses

110
100
90
80
(37, 75.3)
SOLUTION DX Coil
70
ETP & SST
(55, 61.1)
60
Capacity, TR
Balance Point YCUL0056EC

(46.9 °F, 53.8 TR)
50
(35, 43.3) (49, 49.0)
40
30
20
10
0
30 35 40 45 46.9 50 55
Saturated Suction Temperatures, °F
LD09139
Figure 15 - ACCU/DX COIL CROSS PLOTS - WITHOUT SUCTION LINE LOSSES (SHOWN FOR R-22)
*Both SST and ETP (saturated evaporating temperature) represent the actual design pressure/temperature relationship of the
refrigerant (by definition, when refrigerant liquid and vapor exist together, the condition is known as “saturated”). “ETP” indi-
cates the DX coil saturated evaporating temperature, while “SST” represents the ACCU design saturated suction temperature
taking “line loss” into account. (Reference Figure 16: 46.9°F ETP – 2°F Line Loss = 44.9°F SST ACCU Design).
26 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
ACCU and DX Coil Adjusted Balance Point 3. Next proceed vertically up to intersect with the
After Suction Line Penalty ACCU plot. This is the adjusted balance point af-
After the ETP has been determined from the cross plot, ter the suction line penalty.
the suction line penalty (which is typically 1°F to 2°F) Plotting a line through this point and in parallel to the
is subtracted from the ETP. To determine the adjusted initial DX coil line provides the new “system” line.
balance point, follow the steps below. The adjusted balance point occurs at 52.0 tons capacity
1. From the intersection of the ETP and SST, pro- for the 44.9°F ACCU SST. This results in about a 3% 2
ceed vertically down to the °F saturated tempera- reduction in system capacity. This provides a balance
ture axis. point in the 40°F to 45°F range, which is preferred for
both constant volume and variable air volume applica-
2. Then proceed horizontally 2°F to the left due to
tions (see Figure 16 on page 27).
the suction line penalty.
ACCU/DX Coil Cross Plots - Adjusted for Suction Line Loss

110
100
90
80
(37, 75.3)
SOLUTION DX Coil
70 Balance Point Without
System Line Suction Line Loss
(46.9 °F ETP, 53.8 TR)
ETP
60
Capacity, TR
(55, 61.1)
YCUL0056EC
SST
50
(49, 49.0)
Adjusted Balance Point

40 (35, 43.3)
After Suction Line Loss
(44.9 °F, 52.0 TR)
30
20
10
2 °F Line
0
30 35 40 44.9 45 46.9 50 55
Saturated Suction Temperatures, °F LD09140
Figure 16 - ACCU/DX COIL CROSS PLOTS - ADJUSTED FOR SUCTION LINE LOSS (SHOWN FOR R-22)
JOHNSON CONTROLS 27
FORM 050.40-ES3
Summary Over-sizing the DX coil and distributor

A final evaluation of this cross plot shows this YCU- will cause poor refrigerant distribution
L0056EC and Solution coil adjusted balance point is within the DX coil, which will cause the
satisfactory. This provides a SST balance point in the TXV control to become unstable. This will
desirable 40°F to 45°F range. If the balance point is be- result in liquid slugging and compressor
low 40°F, consideration needs to be given to selecting a failures.
larger coil to raise the balance point.
Blank Graph
The blank graph below is included to performACCU/DX
cross plots.Coil Cross Plot
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
Capacity, TR
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
30 35 40 45 50 55
Saturated Suction Temperatures, °F
LD09141
Figure 17 - ACCU/DX COIL CROSS PLOTS
28 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SYSTEM COMPARISON CONSIDERATION In this example, the smaller condensing unit (ACCU-1)
and the 6-row coil should be selected. This will re-
If the desired capacity falls between two condensing
sult in a more acceptable suction temperature of 45°F
unit sizes, it is preferable to use the smaller condensing
rather than 38°F. The benefits of using a higher suction
unit. For example, it may be possible to achieve a ca-
temperature include:
pacity of 100 tons with more than one condensing unit-
DX coil combination. Figure 18 on page 29 shows • Lower unit first cost;
that a small condensing unit coupled with a deep (6- 2
• Better full load efficiency with higher condensing
Row) cooling coil at a higher SST will provide nearly
unit EER;
the same capacity as a larger condensing unit coupled
with a shallower (4-row) coil at a lower suction tem- • Expanded part load flexibility with VAV systems
perature. by moving the system balance point away from
region of potential coil freeze-up;
• Better humidity control and reduced compressor
cycling.
6 ROW
ACCU-2
4 ROW
CAPACITY (TONS)
107
102
100
95
ACCU-1
38 41 42 45
SUCTION TEMPERATURE (°F ) LD09142
Figure 18 - CAPACITY COMPARSION OF CONDENSING UNITS/COILS
JOHNSON CONTROLS 29
FORM 050.40-ES3
METHOD #2 – BALANCE POINT/ Step 1 – Using the Engineering Guide “Ratings”, pick
CATALOGUED DATA METHOD a ACCU that can handle the tons load specified* (ex-
ample: 52 Tons). In this case we will use the same R-22
As an alternate to Method #1 Cross Plot, you can
YCUL0056EC Air Cooled Condensing Unit at 95°F
achieve virtually the same cross plot data by using
ambient, as selected in Method #1. The resultant SST
the Method #2, Catalogued Data Method. This is a
of the ACCU through interpolation is 45.3°F as refer-
two step method utilizing the Engineering Guide “Rat-
enced in Figure 19 on page 30.
ings Data”, and the design DX coil run from Solution
YORKworks (or Loose Coils in YORKworks), also
taking into account the suction line loss.
The following offers an example using the same design
as in Method #1:
Interpolation
52 Tons =
45.3 SST
Figure 19 - ENGINEERING GUIDE (SHOWN FOR R-22)
30 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Step 2 – Select the DX coil from YORKworks Solu- (LAT), “plus” any line loss (i.e. 56.1°F LAT – (8.8
tion Product or from Loose Coils using the ACCU de- °F ROT + 2 °F Line Loss) = a nominal 45.3°F SST
sign SST plus the line loss (i.e. 45.3°F SST + 2.0°F at the ACCU. Obviously the ROT factor can vary
Line Loss = 47.3°F ETP (DX Coil Saturated Suction beyond 8°F – 10°F, noting that a variance upward
Temperature); at the design 52.0 ton load (The load in will produce lower operating saturated suction tem-
tons should match closely the specified EAT Vs LAT perature/pressures; larger ACCU selections; and
Vs CFM). See Example Figure 20 on page 31. smaller row/fin DX coils while a variance downward 2
will produce higher saturated suction pressure/tem-
* As a rule-of-thumb (ROT), the ACCU design satu- peratures; smaller ACCU selections; and larger row/
rated suction temperature (SST) is a nominal 8°F to fin DX coils.
10°F below the DX Coil Leaving Air Temperature
47.3 °F ETP
(Saturated Suction
Temperature DX
Coil Design)
624.3 TMBH / 12 = 52 Tons
LD13286
Figure 20 - EXAMPLE FROM YORKWORKS LOOSE COILS PROGRAM (SHOWN FOR R-22)
JOHNSON CONTROLS 31
FORM 050.40-ES3
32 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 3 - COIL SELECTION/CONFIGURATION

DX COIL TYPES Air stratification, poor humidity control and condensa-
tion on downstream components can also occur when
There are three basic types of coil arrangements used
using face split coils.
in field erected split systems in conjunction with the
ACCU product. Face-split coils must be configured to
provide full-face coverage. Any coil bank
Interlaced piped split-face will void the compressor
Interlaced coils are the most desirable type of coil "field warranty.
erected" designs. Interlaced coils ensure the entire face
of the coil is active with any number of compressors
operating. Interlaced circuitry interweaves coil tubing Face dampers have been known to be a compromised 3
in both circuits across the entire face of the coil assur- solution to split-faced coils when properly applied.
ing uniform cooling of the air by the refrigerant. This However, face dampers offer challenges in terms of
type of coil also allows one circuit to operate while control and balancing the load with the CFM. Al-
the other circuit is turned off. Interlaced coils provide ways contact Application Engineering for review
excellent temperature control at full and part loads as and approval of any systems with face dampers. Ref-
well as good TXV superheat control. TXV control is erence Figure 21 on page 33 for an example of
essential for compressor reliability. face dampers.
Row Split Combined Coil Types

Row split coils arrangements place coils back to back Coil types may be combined in some systems. This re-
in the air stream. Air passes through one coil before quires special care. Control sequences and piping tying
passing through the next. Generally, the last coil in the the multiple systems and coils together should be well
air stream is activated first. Each circuit may be con- thought out and advice from an experienced design en-
trolled independently in this arrangement. When both gineer is necessary.
coils are operating, the coil closest to the leaving air On any face damper arrangement, CFM
will operate at a lower temperature. This type of coil (DX coil FV) as well as load must be inter-
may not permit lead lag of the circuits and it may be faced and designed to assure the DX coil
difficult to balance the capacity between the coils. face damper is not closed when the coil
is active, and face dampers, when closed,
Face Split
do not produce active face velocities that
On a face split coil, the circuiting is divided between two produce moisture carryover. Engineering
separate coils. In field erected systems, this arrangement design must be worked out before consid-
may suffer from TXV superheat control problems and ering bidding this arrangement. Always
compressor reliability. At low airflow, low load situations, consult with Application Engineering to
the TXV may have difficulty controlling system superheat. validate the design.
Face Damper
Closes at a nominal 350 FPM face velocity
Air Flow (drop). Requires a control interface that
can vary per application. Always discuss
with Application Engineering.
DX Coils
DX Coil quantities and
arrangements can vary.
ld13290
Figure 21 - FACE DAMPER EXAMPLE
JOHNSON CONTROLS 33
FORM 050.40-ES3
SYS #2** SYS #1*
FACE SPLIT ROW SPLIT INTERLACED

* Always on First
**Fewest Rows
LD09136
Figure 22 - DX COIL CIRCUITING TYPES
ACCU to DX Coil, Circuiting Interface Figures 23-27 illustrate the available coil arrange-
Always verify that the number of ACCU systems (or ments. Contact coil marketing for other arrangements
circuits) will properly interface with the DX coil circuit not shown.
quantities and allow full face coverage. Any one sys- Face-split DX coils must be configured to
tem must operate through a single LLSV located just provide full-face coverage at all condens-
ahead of the TXV (or branch). ing unit load steps. Johnson Controls
assumes no responsibility for compressor
DX COIL CIRCUITING failure if full-face coverage is not ap-
On many coil banks, two, or even all three of the meth- plied. Consult the factory, if application
ods of circuiting may be combined depending upon assistance is needed to convert split face
the cooling capacity and the level of control required. to full-face operation.
However, coil sections must be married or combined
so that they provide for full-face operation (see Figure
22 on page 34).
H2
There are numerous arrangements selectable through H1
YorkWorks (JCI Sales Selection Program). JCI Sales D2
can also request special quotation designs through their
factory Applications Engineering Group (Outside De- H1
signers can contact their local Sales JCI office to assist D1
in this). The coil designs fall into the two following D1
categories.
Coil Design Fin Height

Non-tall/stacked 48" and less
1 Distributor 2 Distributor
Tall/stacked Greater than 48" Circuit Circuits 50 - 50%
Interlaced
LD09143
Figure 23 - NON-TALL/STACKED COIL DESIGN -

STANDARD
34 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
H2
H1
D2 H2
D1 D2
D1 H1
2 Distributor 2 Distributor 3
Circuits Face Split Circuits Row Split
SQ Required SQ Required
H6 H5 H2 H1
D2 D2 H3 H1 D6 D2
H2 H1
D4 D5 D1
D2
D3 D1
D4 H8 H7 H4 H3
D8 D4
D1 H4 H3 D3 D1
D7 D3
D3 H4 H2
3 Distributor 4 Distributor 4 Distributor 8 Distributor

Circuits Row Split Circuits Face Split Circuits Row Split Circuits Row Split
66-33 Split 50-50% Interlaced Interlaced & Face Interlaced
SQ Required SQ Required SQ Required SQ Required
LD09144
Figure 24 - NON-TALL/STACKED COIL DESIGN - SQ SPECIAL (REQUIRES IN DEPTH INTERFACE WITH

ACCU ALLOWING FULL FACE COVERAGE.)
DX COIL CIRCUITING AND STAGING 2

On tall/stacked coils a minimum of four coil circuits
should be used to achieve full-face control (Figure 25 4
2
on page 35). Each coil distributor circuit requires its
own thermostatic expansion valve (TXV). Each con- 1
densing unit circuit requires its own liquid line sole-
noid valve (LLSV). When the condensing unit has two 3
compressors per refrigerant circuit, either one or two 1
coil circuits may be used for each refrigerant circuit
depending upon the cooling capacity. Two Circuits Four Circuits
NOT Recommended Recommended
LD09147
Figure 25 - TALL/STACKED COIL CIRCUITING
JOHNSON CONTROLS 35
FORM 050.40-ES3
H2
Single H2 Single
HDR H1
HDR H1 D2 H2 Body
Body D2
D1 H1 Single D1 D2
HDR
Body
D1 D1 H1

Circuit Circuits 50 - 50% Circuits Face Split Circuits Row Split
SQ Required Interlaced SQ Required SQ Required
SQ Required
H6 H2 H1 H6 H5 H2 H1
Single D2 H3 H1 D6 D2
HDR D2
Body D6 D5 D1
D4 D2 D1
D3
Single
HDR
Body H5 H4 H3 H8 H7 H4 H3
D4 D8 D4
D1 D3 D1 D5
D3 D7 D3
H4 H2

Circuits Row Split Circuits Row Split Circuits Face Split Circuits Row Split
66-33 Split Interlaced Row Split & Interlaced & Face Interlaced
SQ Required SQ Required SQ Required SQ Required
LD09146
Figure 26 - TALL/STACKED COIL DESIGNS - SQ SPECIAL (REQUIRES IN DEPTH INTERFACE WITH ACCU
ALLOWING FULL FACE COVERAGE.)
D2
H2 H1
D1
D4
100% Capacity
H4 H3
D3
TXV LLSV
4 Distributor
Circuits Face Split Condensing Unit
50 - 50% Interlaced DX Coil
LD09145 LD09148
Figure 27 - TALL/STACKED COIL DESIGN - Figure 28 - ONE COIL CIRCUIT PER REFRIG-
STANDARD ERANT CIRCUIT
If one coil circuit is used (Figure 28 on page 36), the

LLSV and TXV must be sized to handle the full capacity
of the refrigerant circuit. When two coil circuits are used
per refrigerant circuit (Figure 29 on page 37), each
TXV should be sized to handle half of the capacity of
the refrigerant circuit and the LLSV should be sized to
handle the full capacity of the refrigerant circuit.
36 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Compressor #1
In the case of a tall/stacked coil with four coil circuits
piped to a ACCU with six compressors, the coil circuits
TXV LLSV would be face-split and interlaced with two interlaced
circuits on the lower coil section and two on the upper
(Figure 31 on page 38).
TXV LLSV
Compressor #2 Condensing Unit
When sizing TXV's, each TXV must be
DX Coil sized for the refrigerant circuit tonnage
divided by the number of DX coil liquid
LD09150
Do NOT use the above configuration. distributors. The TXV should be equal to
Compressor #1
or smaller than the calculated value.
TXV The first three compressors (see Figure 31 on page 3

LLSV
38) would be tied into LLSV1, TXV1 and TXV2.
This would provide full-face control of the coil at even
TXV the lowest cooling loads. Both distributors on each of
DX Coil the coil circuits would include auxiliary side connec-
LD09149 tors for HGBP.
Figure 29 - TWO COIL CIRCUITS PER REFRIG-
ERANT CIRCUIT The second circuit of the ACCU would be tied into
LLSV2, TXV3 and TXV4 to maintain full-face control
at higher loads. SECTION 9 - CONDENSING UNIT
When the condensing unit has three compressors per OPERATION of this document contains more detailed
circuit, two coil circuits should be used for each re- information on compressor staging (Sequencing and
frigerant circuit (Figure 30 on page 37). Each coil Lead/Lag) for the various ACCU models.
circuit must have a dedicated TXV and distributor to
handle one coil circuit and the LLSV should be sized The more control stages used, the more precise the con-
to handle the full capacity of the refrigerant circuit. The trol of the air temperature will be. Smaller incremental
hot gas bypass line should be connected to all of the changes in capacity will result in a more consistent DX
distributors in the coil circuit. coil leaving air temperature. This will eliminate tem-
perature swings in the conditioned space and improve
Compressor #1 the comfort level, but more importantly a consistent
space temperature is crucial to many process applica-
TXV LLSV tions. The smaller changes in capacity that result from
Compressor #3
Feeds both Circuits using a greater number of control stages will also ex-
tend equipment life. The most important thing to re-
TXV LLSV member is to maintain full-face control of the coil at
DX Coil all cooling loads. When row split coils are used, make
LD09152 sure that the first LLSV is energized with the last coil
Do NOT use the above configuration. circuit in the leaving air stream. This is also always the
Compressor #1 last one de-energized.
TXV
Compressor #3
Feeds both Circuits LLSV
TXV
DX Coil
LD09151
Figure 30 - THREE COMPRESSOR ACCU
JOHNSON CONTROLS 37
FORM 050.40-ES3
Comp 1 - 3
Hot gas must be fed to all coils to assure that full-face
operation is achieved. Since all applications have job
TXV1 specific operating characteristics, the hot gas bypass
valve setting must be field adjusted for the proper set-
TXV3 LLSV1 ting, after the system has been put into operation.
Comp 4 - 6
Hot gas piping must never be designed that traps liq-

Comp 1 - 3 LLSV2
uid. If the hot gas line traps liquid during off periods, it
TXV2
Condensing Unit will send a large slug of liquid into the DX coil when
the hot gas is activated. This slug of liquid will not be
fully evaporated in the DX coil and a liquid slug will
TXV4
Comp 4 - 6
be fed to the compressor, potentially causing damage.
DX Coils
A hot gas line should be sloped so that it drains into the
LD09153
DX coil distributor from above the distributor, which
Figure 31 - SIX COMPRESSOR ACCU also promotes oil return.
Local, state and federal energy standards
such as ASHRAE 90.1 may limit the use
HOT GAS BYPASS of hot gas bypass in some applications. Be
sure to consult local code requirements
When using discharge air temperature control or sys- before installing the system.
tems with outside air economizer cooling, always in-
clude hot gas bypass (HGBP). It is not as critical to
All multiple HGBP auxiliary connections on a single
use HGBP with return duct air temperature control, or
circuit MUST include check valves as outlined on the
suction pressure control, but it provides better capacity
cover of this guide. The use of these valves prevents
control at low loads.
one coil circuit from short circuiting to the other and
The HGBP line should be sized for 100% influencing its operating pressure. This short circuiting
of the capacity of one compressor and the produces unwanted TXV hunting and refrigerant over
hot gas lines must be insulated. ACCU and under feed.
discharge head pressure control is re-
quired on hot gas bypass applications. At Check valves shall be refrigeration grade selected for
low ambient temperatures, the condensing suitable pressures involved. Valve bodies shall be con-
unit is very efficient and there is very little structed of copper with an integral check ball permit-
hot gas available for capacity control. Dis- ting flow only to the distributor (not reversed). Valves
charge pressure control assures enough installed in the near horizontal must include a spring-
differential pressure to push sufficient loaded design. Valves must not exceed a 1 psi pressure
hot gas from the high side to the low side drop at the design flow-tons for hot gas applications.
of the system.
DX COIL DISTRIBUTOR NOZZLES
Typical distributors utilize a selectable nozzle versus Distributor nozzles must be sized based on the capac-
the older venturi type. Either device requires the use ity and suction temperature of the DX coil circuit and
of an auxiliary side connector (ASC) for introducing a pressure drop of approximately 25, 35 and 45 PSI:
the hot gas into the system and mixing it with saturated Respectively for R-22, R-407c and R-410a across the
liquid refrigerant just ahead of the distributor. Most distributor nozzle to keep balance in the system. If a
distributors are ordered with an integral ASC. Where nozzle is oversized, it will over-feed some tubes in the
multiple coils are stacked (or side by side), and ASC DX coil and underfeed others.
must be provided on all coils for that ACCU system.
When ASC’s are field installed, the ASC must be lo- MAINTAINING ADEQUATE AIRFLOW
cated direct to the distributor, or a maximum of 2” to 3”
away. Additionally, the side connection must be posi- An electrical interlock between the AHU and the ACCU
tioned upward to eliminate oil and refrigerant logging must be included for permissive run of the ACCU. In
in the hot gas line when not in operation. addition, a differential pressure switch mounted across
the supply fan must always be included to ensure air-
38 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
flow across the coil before the condensing unit is en- supply fan volume decreases in response. Conversely
ergized. The ACCU must never be operated unless the a lower duct static pressure indicates a need for in-
AHU fan is operating and air is flowing across the ac- creased zone airflow; therefore the supply fan volume
tive coil. Insufficient airflow will result in liquid re- increases in response. The change in supply air vol-
frigerant returning to the condensing unit, which could ume is accomplished using a variable frequency drive
damage the compressors by liquid slugging or washing or similar device.
oil from the bearing surfaces. In variable volume sys-
tems the minimum acceptable airflow for fixed speed In the air-handling unit a decrease in airflow through
or VAV systems is 350 FPM face velocity across each the DX coil will result in a corresponding decrease in
DX coil, as applied to split DX systems. (This may be the suction gas pressure while an increase in airflow
slightly different for standardized factory packages will result in an increase in the suction gas pressure.
such as packaged rooftops, which are designed, quali- Since the system is designed to maintain a constant
fied and tested under more controlled conditions.) This suction gas pressure, the compressors will be staged 3
is critical to assure that the TXV does not over-feed, on or off as needed to meet the increase or decrease
causing compressor failure. in load demand. The system should be designed to
operate smoothly avoiding transients that could upset
VAV SYSTEMS system balance and cause liquid flood back. Problems
can arise if the airflow decreases more quickly than the
Overhead variable air volume systems have been the compressor control can respond to the load change.
preferred method of air distribution since the early Therefore, consideration and limitations must be given
1970 ’s. Overhead VAV systems offered greater energy to VSD Acel/Decel times, with regard to extending the
efficiency and better control of building diversity than timing to a point that will accommodate proper chiller
constant volume systems. Unlike a constant volume compressor cycling, system temperature swings, etc.
system, in which the leaving air temperature is ad- This limitation will promote stable control of the Air
justed to satisfy the cooling load, in a VAV system the Cooled Condensing Unit and minimize fluctuations in
air temperature remains constant and the air volume is zone temperature. Review must also be given to VSD
varied to meet the cooling requirements. ramp-down speed with regard to smoke/fire damper
There are four basic components in a VAV system - an closure, so as not to produce excessive duct pressures
air-handling unit with airflow control (i.e., variable- that can damage the AHU or system. Under any cir-
speed drives), VAV boxes, zone thermostats and duct cumstances, a minimum of 350 FPM face velocity
static pressure sensors. All of these components must across the coil must be maintained for field erected DX
work together to provide good temperature control and split systems.
a comfortable environment. The zone thermostats con-
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM INTERFACE
trol the VAV boxes. As the zone temperature increases,
the VAV boxes open to allow greater airflow into the Control schemes involving complex Building Automa-
space and as the zone temperature decreases, the VAV tion Systems (BAS) are beyond the basic equipment or
boxes close to decrease the airflow to the space. optional factory packaged design capabilities. In these
cases, please contact the Field Support Center for as-
As the VAV boxes in the system open and close the sistance. This group provides solutions for expanded
static pressure in the ductwork changes. When a box interfacing with a third party BAS. They can also solve
opens, the duct static pressure decreases, and when unique sequencing challenges of the air handling unit
a box closes, the duct static pressure increases. The and matching condensing unit combination. BAS con-
duct static pressure sensor controls the air handling trol must adhere to all control guidelines outlined in
unit supply fan. Since an increase in duct pressure re- this manual.
lates to a decrease in the zone airflow required, the
JOHNSON CONTROLS 39
FORM 050.40-ES3
40 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
DX LINE SIZING RECOMMENDATIONS It is also important that the total equivalent feet of
piping be 150 feet or less (Always review IOM for
The piping must conform to the local codes. For the
maximum limitations).
best pipe sizing and design practices, refer to either
the information in this manual or the ASHRAE Refrig- ACTUAL PIPING ROUTING VERSUS
eration Handbook. These contain refrigerant line siz- ORIGINAL PIPING DESIGN
ing for full and minimum capacities and other pertinent
engineering information for a wide application range. It is extremely important that the piping design on a
The tables listed below are presented for the 35, 45 and ACCU system is correct to assure oil is returned and
55°F saturated suction temperatures, which are typical liquid slugging does not result. Often during instal-
for these systems. The tables are included at the end of lation, piping is not routed according to the original
this manual in the Appendix. designer’s specifications. Problems can often result
when piping is rerouted around obstacles. Whenever a
Table 23 – Suction Line Capacities in Tons for change is made to the routing of the piping, the install-
Refrigerant R-22 er should consult with the designer prior to making the
Table 24 – Discharge and Liquid Line Capacities in change. This will assure that the change will not affect
Tons for Refrigerant R-22 4
system oil return or cause liquid slugging.
Table 25 – Suction Line Capacities in Tons for
Refrigerant R-407c Proper refrigerant pipe selection and design is crucial
Table 26 – Discharge and Liquid Line Capacities in for efficient and reliable operation of the refrigeration
Tons for Refrigerant R-407c system. It is also important to keep liquid refrigerant/
Table 27 – Suction Line Capacities in Tons for oil slugs from entering the compressor and for assuring
Refrigerant R-410c oil return. Over-sizing the piping reduces the refrigerant
Table 28 – Discharge and Liquid Line Capacities in Tons pressure drop, but can inhibit oil return and adds unnec-
for Refrigerant R-410a essary first cost. On the other hand, under-sizing the pip-
Table 29 – Minimum Refrigeration Capacity in Tons for ing increases the refrigerant pressure drop, which affects
Oil Entrainment Up Suction Risers
system performance and lowers the efficiency.
(Type L Copper Tubing)
Table 30 – Minimum Refrigeration Capacity in Tons for For best results, use long radius elbows (short radius
Oil Entrainment Up Hot Gas Risers elbows have higher pressure drops) for everything
(Type L Copper Tubing) except oil traps. Also, clean copper tubing for refrig-
Table 31 – Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet of Pipe eration and air conditioning application should be used
(Screwed, Welding, Flanged and Brazed throughout. Provisions must be made for piping con-
Connections) traction and expansion of 3/4” per 100’ of pipe.
Table 32 – Special Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet of
Pipe (ASHRAE) SUCTION LINES
Table 33 – Valve Losses in Equivalent Feet of Pipe
(ASHRAE)
Figure 21 on page 33 (see Appendix) shows suc-
Table 34 – Refrigerant Charge in Pounds Per 100 Feet of
tion line sizing recommendations, which are typically
Suction Line based on 2°F (nominal 3 PSI for R-22 and R-407c, and
Table 35 – Refrigerant Charge in Pounds Per 100 Feet of 4.5 PSI for R-410a) loss. As was illustrated in SEC-
Discharge Line TION 2 - EQUIPMENT SELECTION, a typical 2°F
Table 36 – Refrigerant Charge in Pounds Per 100 Feet of drop in suction pressure can reduce the system capac-
Liquid Line ity by about 3%. Therefore, it is good practice to design
Table 37 – HGBP Quick Line Selection) the suction piping with no more than a 2°F line loss at
Table 38 – HGBP Line Sizing for R-22, R-407c and full load.
R-410a Refrigerants
Additionally, care must be taken not to oversize the suc-
Keeping the condensing unit and air-handler as close tion piping, because oil return can be compromised to the
together as possible is recommended. This is important compressors. The horizontal suction line runs should be
for assuring oil return and compressor reliability. sloped ½” per 10 linear feet in the direction of refriger-
ant flow to promote moving oil toward the compressors.
Trapped sections of the suction line must be avoided.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 41
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
ACCU
CORRECT
Suction Line pitched in direction of
flow into ACCU suction inlet
connection.
INCORRECT
Section of Suction Line.
EVAPORATOR COIL
LD13291
Figure 32 - EXAMPLES OF CORRECT AND INCORRECT TRAPPED SECTIONS OF SUCTION LINE
AIR COOLED
CONDENSING UNIT
AIR HANDLING UNIT
INCORRECT
Unwanted Trapped
Section Of Suction
Line
LD13292
Figure 33 - EXAMPLE OF NON-ACCEPTABLE UNDERGROUND (OR ABOVE GROUND) PIPING
42 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Trapped sections of suction line must not All suction lines with a vertical rise exceeding 3’ should
be formed between the DX coil suction have an oil trap at the bottom and top (inverted) of the
riser and the ACCU suction inlet. Suction riser. A maximum suction line rise of 40’ is recom-
lines should pitch directly into the Air mended (Always consult Application Engineering on
Cooled Condensing Unit (ACCU) suc- risers over 40 feet). Any riser in excess of 20’ should
tion inlet. Also, lack of a riser just off the have a trap installed mid-way up the riser (e.g. 14’ for
DX coil (where DX coil is above ACCU) a 28’ total rise). An inverted trap should be placed at
can produce compressor crankcase oil the top of a single suction riser. Use long radius elbows
dilution during the off cycle by allowing wherever possible, except when fabricating oil return
refrigerant vapor to condense and drain traps at the bottom of the vertical riser, which should
excessive liquid refrigerant into the com- use short radius 45° street elbows. Short radius elbows
pressor. Examples of “correct and incor- will minimize the amount of oil trapped in the system.
rect trapped sections of suction line” are See Figure 34 on page 43.
shown in Figure 32. (2) Short Radius 45º
Street Elbows
Oil and refrigerant, which condenses in the line during
off periods, must drain into the compressor and will be
boiled off by the compressor heater. This prevents oil
and liquid refrigerant slugging of the compressors. 4
It is recommended that a suction line
should never be run under ground.
90º Short Radius
Underground runs cause problematic Elbow
LD09154
refrigerant condensation in suction lines
and often create suction line traps. Always Figure 34 - SUCTION OIL LINE TRAP
consult Application Engineering when
underground piping is specified. Other
means, above ground piping, should
always be presented at the bidding stage. If the DX coil is above the ACCU, the suction piping
must rise above the top of the coil to form an inverted
Orders should never be accepted without underground trap. See Figure 35 on page 43. The inverted trap
piped details worked out, and having Application Engi- will keep liquid refrigerant from condensing in the
neering SQ (Special Quotation) acceptance. Figure 33 evaporator, during the off cycle, and draining into the
on page 42 offers an example of when underground compressors. An oil trap should be installed at the bot-
piping is never acceptable. tom of the vertical rise. This is recommended by ex-
pansion valve manufacturers to keep the oil away from
Many systems require suction risers, because the DX the bulb during operation.
coil is located at a lower level than the condensing unit.
These suction risers must be sized to ensure oil entrain-
ment up the riser at the lowest step of loading. In some DX COIL
cases double suction risers may be required. Refer to
Table 29 on page 122 and Table 30 on page 123 (see
Appendix) or the ASHRAE Refrigeration Handbook for
oil return at the minimum STEP to find the minimum
capacity which is required to maintain good oil entrain-
ment for a given line size. Also, see Determining the
TO COMPRESSORS
Need for Double Suction Risers on Page 62. LD09155
Figure 35 - PIPING WITH DX COIL ABOVE

COMPRESSOR
JOHNSON CONTROLS 43
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
LIQUID LINES Table 1 - MAXIMUM VERTICAL LIQUID LINE RISERS

LINE LOSS MAXIMUM RISERS (FT.)*
Table 24 on page 119 (see Appendix) provides liquid REFRIGERANT
(°F MAX) (DX COIL ABOVE ACCU)
line sizing recommendations, which is typically based
R-22 2 30**
on 1°F (3 PSI) line loss for R-22 (3.5 PSI for R-407a
and 4.75 PSI for R-410a). Liquid lines carry liquid R-407c 2 30**
refrigerant from the condensing unit to the DX coil. R-410a 2 50**
Liquid line routing is typically not as crucial as suc- * Includes allowance for loss on liquid line solenoid valve,
tion line routing, since oil is flowing with the liquid re- filter/dryer and sight glass. (Total 5 PSI)
frigerant, oil movement is not a problem. However, the ** Contact application engineer when over these limits.
line slope should always be in the direction of refriger- BASIC TIPS FOR SUCCESSFUL DESIGNS
ant flow to assure oil flow during off periods is toward
the compressors. Pressure losses occur due to the filter The following tips apply to all piping examples shows
drier, liquid line solenoid valve, sight glass, and fric- in Figure's 36-43.
tion in the piping. Typical pressure loss can be found
Liquid Line Piping, Liquid Line Solenoid
in SECTION 6 - NECESSARY COMPONENTS for the
Valve, and TXV’s
liquid line solenoid valve, filter/drier, and sight glass.
• The total equivalent feet of piping should be 150
If the pressure of the liquid refrigerant falls below its feet or less.
saturation temperature, some of the liquid will flash
into vapor and bubbles will develop in the liquid. Such • Slope piping toward coils for oil return during the
vapor bubbles cause the TXV to operate erratically, off cycle.
which reduces not only performance and capacity, but • Use long radius elbows to reduce pressure drop.
can cause reliability problems. Therefore, it is impor-
tant that only liquid refrigerant reaches the TXV. To • Use only one liquid line solenoid valve per ACCU
ensure this, the liquid refrigerant should be sub-cooled Refrigerant System
by 15-17°F, before it leaves the condenser. The sub- • Size TXV’s according to individual coil capac-
cooling should be adjusted when the ACCU is oper- ity. Minimum capacity must not exceed 30% of
ating fully loaded at the 95°F ambient and saturated valves rated capacity.
suction temperature design conditions. Keep in mind
that lower ambient temperatures will reflect higher • Mount TXV bulb on clean pipe at 4 or 8 o’clock
subcooling numbers. position with 2 copper straps on the outlet of the
respective coil. Insulate the TXV bulb.
The liquid line piping and components must be prop-
erly sized not to exceed 40 PSI for R-22, 47 PSI for • The equalizing line for each TXV must enter the
R-407c, and 63 PSI for R-410a (maximum limits based top of the suction pipe.
on 11% safety at 15°F subcooling design). Liquid pres- • See Table 1 on page 44 for the Maximum Verti-
sure drop (or gain) due to a vertical section of liquid cal Height (ft.) for the DX Coil above the ACCU.
line must be taken into consideration when determin-
ing total pressure drop (or gain) of the liquid line. The DX Coils
nominal value that must be included in the liquid line • DX coils in a system should always be configured
loss (or gain) is 0.5 PSI/foot of rise or gain (typical for full face operation. Otherwise, TXV control
R-22, R-407c or R-410a). To assure sub-cooled liq- and liquid slugging will damage compressors.
uid to the TXV, it is recommended that the DX coil be
no more than the distances above the condensing unit • Assure distributor nozzles are properly sized for
shown in Table 1. the coil capacity.
44 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Suction Line Piping Hot Gas Bypass

• The total equivalent feet of piping should be 150 • Assure hot gas piping enters the distributor (or
feet or less. (Always refer to IOM). auxiliary side connection-ASC) tap on each coil
from the top.
• Slope suction piping toward the compressors for
oil return and to assure that liquid condensing in • Hot gas piping should always slope to drain into
the suction line drains into the compressors and is the coils.
boiled off by the heaters. Do not allow the suction
• Hot gas piping should be designed to not allow oil
line to create a liquid and oil trap between the coil
and refrigerant to be trapped during the off cycle.
and the compressors.
Trapping liquid and oil creates the danger of a liq-
• Use long radius elbows to reduce pressure drop uid slug when the hot gas is energized.
except for oil traps.
• Size hot gas to approx. 100% capacity of the min-
• Ιnstall a P-trap on the outlet of the DX coil. imum stage of cooling.
• Insulate the suction line. • Activate hot gas whenever any compressor is
running. This may involve rewiring the HGBP to
• Never run suction piping underground.
be in parallel with the LLSV, providing full time
• Use double risers whenever minimum step tons HGBP. 4
are less than Tables 12 and 13, or if refrigerant
• Ιnsulate the hot gas bypass line.
velocity falls below 1000 FPM.
• Always install check valves at the ASC side con-
• Use inverted traps at the top of suction risers.
nection when multiple branch circuits are utilized.
• Always consult Application Engineering on risers
that exceed 40 feet. Controls
• Avoid, when possible, running the ACCU when
• Make oil traps as small as possible in suction ris-
in economizer mode. If operating the ACCU in
ers.
economizer mode, hot gas must be installed to as-
• Use intermediate oil traps on suction risers greater sure a minimum load.
than 20 ft, located midway on the riser.
• If the DX coil is above the ACCU, the Suction
Piping must rise above the top of the Coil to form
an inverted trap. See Figure 35 on page 43.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 45
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
EXAMPLES OF ACCU-DX COIL PIPING The illustration below shows one refrigerant circuit,
ARRANGEMENTS when the ACCU is less than 20 feet above the AHU in-
terlaced DX coil. The horizontal suction line run should
When the ACCU is located above the AHU, DX coil,
be sloped a minimum of ½ inch per 10 feet from the
double suction risers may be required to ensure good
suction riser, toward the compressors to proper oil flow.
oil return to the ACCU, if there is not adequate tonnage
Double suction risers are shown for illustration only.
and velocity up a single riser. Most applications will
Most applications will need only single risers. In lieu
only need single suction risers; however, double ris-
of double suction risers, the vertical suction riser can be
ers are shown in the following diagrams for illustration
downsized for proper oil entrainment at minimum re-
purpose only. Only one refrigerant circuit is illustrated.
duced load, providing the overall suction line pressure
This will be similar for the second circuit.
drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
FACTORY MOUNTED
SUCTION GAS
CONNECTION
SEE DETAIL A Suction Line

OPTIONAL LD13285
FACTORY
MOUNTED Optional HGBP Valve, factory installed in
** FACTORY
MOUNTED LIQUID HOT GAS ACCU. Run 1/4" capillary to a point on the
STOP VALVE BYPASS top of the suction line away from ACCU.
VALVE
(SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A)
SUCTION GAS NOTE: 410a ACCU's utilized seperate
RISERS LIQUID LINE HGBP control valves and solenoid valves.
HOT GAS BYPASS
CHECK
VALVE
EQUALIZER
LINE
FILTER DRIER
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
SIGHT GLASS DISTRIBUTOR

MOISTURE EQUALIZER TXV WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
** BULB
CAP
EQUALIZER
THERMAL LINE
EXPANSION ** CLOSE COUPLED
VALVES (3 FT NOM. MAX.)
CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS.
LD13284
Figure 36 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS LESS THAN 20 FT. ABOVE THE DX COIL
46 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when the Double suction risers are shown for illustration only.
ACCU is 20 feet or more above the AHU, DX coil. Most applications will need only single risers. In lieu
An oil trap is required mid way up the vertical rise. of double suction risers, the vertical suction riser can
The horizontal suction line must be sloped a minimum be downsized for proper oil entrainment at minimum
of ½" per 10 ft. toward the compressors for oil flow. reduced load, providing the overall suction line pres-
sure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
FACTORY MOUNTED
SUCTION GAS
CONNECTION
Suction Line
LD13285
Optional HGBP Valve, factory installed in

4
SEE DETAIL A
OPTIONAL ACCU. Run 1/4" capillary to a point on the
FACTORY top of the suction line away from ACCU.
FACTORY MOUNTED
** HOT GAS DETAIL A
MOUNTED LIQUID
STOP VALVE BYPASS
VALVE NOTE: 410a ACCU's utilized seperate
(SEE HGBP control valves and solenoid valves.
DETAIL A)
SUCTION GAS
RISERS LIQUID LINE
HOT GAS BYPASS
CHECK
VALVE
EQUALIZER
LINE
FILTER DRIER
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE

CONNECTION
** BULB
CAP
EQUALIZER
THERMAL LINE
CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS.
LD13284a
Figure 37 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS 20 FT. OR MORE ABOVE THE DX COIL
JOHNSON CONTROLS 47
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when the

ACCU is at the same level as the AHU interlaced DX
coil. Again the horizontal suction line must be sloped a
minimum of ½" per 10 ft. toward the compressors for
oil flow. In lieu of double suction risers, the vertical
suction riser can be downsized for proper oil entrain-
ment at minimum reduced load, providing the overall
suction line pressure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal
2°F.
FACTORY MOUNTED SUCTION

GAS CONNECTION
SUCTION LINE
DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
CHECK
VALVE
HOT GAS
BYPASS
FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE
LIQUID
LINE
OPTIONAL FACTORY MOUNTED FILTER DRIER
HOT GAS BYPASS VALVE
(SEE FIGURE 36, DETAIL A)
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE INDICATOR
THERMAL
EXPANSION
VALVES
**
** CLOSE COUPLED
(3 FT NOM. MAX.)
CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS
LD13293
Figure 38 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS AT THE SAME LEVEL AS THE DX COIL
48 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when Use Table 1 - Maximum Vertical Distance
the ACCU is lower than the AHU interlaced DX coil. for DX Coil Above the ACCU for the total
Again the horizontal suction line must be sloped a min- equivalent piping lengths.
imum of ½" per 10 ft. toward the compressors for oil
flow. In lieu of double suction risers, the vertical suc-
tion riser can be downsized for proper oil entrainment
at minimum reduced load, providing the overall suc-
tion line pressure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
LIQUID LINE CONNECTION
HOT GAS SOLENOID VALVE
BYPASS
FILTER DRIER CHECK

VALVES
THERMAL
EXPANSION
LIQUID LINE VALVE
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE
INDICATOR
FACTORY
MOUNTED
SUCTION GAS
CONNECTION **
** CLOSE COUPLED
(3 FT NOM. MAX. TOTAL
LINEAR HORIZONTAL RUN)
THERMAL CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS
EXPANSION
VALVE
SUCTION LINE
FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE
OPTIONAL FACTORY MOUNTED

(SEE FIGURE 36, DETAIL A) LD13294
Figure 39 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS LOWER THAN THE DX COIL
JOHNSON CONTROLS 49
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when lustration only. Most applications will need only single
the ACCU is less than 20 ft. above the AHU with two risers. In lieu of double suction risers, the vertical suc-
stacked interlaced DX coils for full face coverage. The tion riser can be downsized for proper oil entrainment
horizontal suction line must be sloped a minimum of at minimum reduced load, providing the overall suc-
½" per 10 ft. from the suction riser toward the compres- tion line pressure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
sors for oil flow. Double suction risers are shown for il-

GAS CONNECTION

SUCTION GAS RISER(S)
FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE CHECK VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
LIQUID LINE
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
THERMAL
EXPANSION VALVE
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
FILTER DRIER
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE INDICATOR
CHECK
VALVE
** CLOSE COUPLED
** CAN BE STRAIGHT RUN
DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE

LD13295
Figure 40 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS LESS THAN 20 FT. ABOVE STACKED DX COILS
50 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when the Double suction risers are shown for illustration only.
ACCU is more than 20 ft. above the AHU with two Most applications will need only single risers. In lieu
stacked interlaced DX coils for full face coverage. An of double suction risers, the vertical suction riser can
oil trap is required mid way up the vertical rise. The be downsized for proper oil entrainment at minimum
horizontal suction line must be sloped a minimum of reduced load, providing the overall suction line pres-
½" per 10 ft. from the suction riser toward the com- sure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
pressors for oil flow.
FACTORY MOUNTED
SUCTION GAS
CONNECTION
Suction Line
LD13285 4
SEE DETAIL A
Optional HGBP Valve, factory installed in
OPTIONAL ACCU. Run 1/4" capillary to a point on the
FACTORY top of the suction line away from ACCU.
FACTORY MOUNTED
** HOT GAS DETAIL A
MOUNTED LIQUID
STOP VALVE BYPASS NOTE: 410a ACCU's utilized seperate
VALVE
HGBP control valves and solenoid valves.
(SEE
DETAIL A)
SUCTION GAS
RISERS LIQUID LINE
HOT GAS BYPASS
CHECK
VALVE
EQUALIZER
LINE
FILTER DRIER
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE

CONNECTION
** BULB
CAP
EQUALIZER
THERMAL LINE
CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS.
LD13284
Figure 41 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS MORE THAN 20 FT. ABOVE STACKED DX COILS
JOHNSON CONTROLS 51
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when lieu of double suction risers, the vertical suction riser
the ACCU is at the same level as the AHU with two can be downsized for proper oil entrainment at mini-
stacked interlaced DX. The horizontal suction line mum reduced load, providing the overall suction line
must be sloped a minimum of ½" per 10 ft. from the pressure drop doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
suction riser toward the compressors for oil flow. In

GAS CONNECTION
SUCTION LINE
HOT GAS CHECK

BYPASS VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
THERMAL
EXPANSION VALVE
FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE
LIQUID
OPTIONAL FACTORY LINE
MOUNTED HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE FILTER DRIER
(SEE FIGURE 36,
DETAIL A)
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
SIGHT GLASS - CHECK

MOISTURE INDICATOR VALVE
** DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION

** CLOSE COUPLED
(3 FT NOM. MAX. TOTAL LINEAR
HORIZONTAL RUN)
CAN BE STRAIGHT RUN
LD13926
Figure 42 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS AT SAME LEVEL AS DX COIL
52 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
This illustration shows one refrigerant circuit when the Use Table 1 - Maximum Vertical Distance
ACCU is lower than the AHU with two stacked inter- for DX Coil Above the ACCU for the total
laced coils. The horizontal suction line must be sloped equivalent piping lengths.
a minimum of ½" per 10 ft. from the suction riser to-
ward the compressors for oil flow. In lieu of double
suction risers, the vertical suction riser can be down-
sized for proper oil entrainment at minimum reduced
load, providing the overall suction line pressure drop
doesn’t exceed a nominal 2°F.
CHECK
VALVE DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
HOT GAS
BYPASS
LIQUID LINE 4
SOLENOID VALVE
THERMAL
EXPANSION VALVE
FILTER DRIER
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE INDICATOR
LIQUID LINE
CHECK
VALVE
FACTORY
MOUNTED ** ** CLOSE COUPLED
SUCTION GAS (3 FT NOM. MAX. TOTAL LINEAR
CONNECTION HORIZONTAL RUN)
CAN INCLUDE ELBOWS
SUCTION LINE
FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE

LD13297
Figure 43 - PIPING WHEN ACCU IS LOWER THAN DX STACKED COILS
JOHNSON CONTROLS 53
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
PIPING EXAMPLE #1 – LINE SIZING PRACTICE USING R-410A REFRIGERANT
PIPING – SIZE AND SELECTION PRACTICES Making the Initial YORKworks Selection
OVERVIEW Given the following required initial data, acquire the
Pipe sizing is critical to oil management as well as line YORKworks ACCU selection for this project:
loss considerations. Oil management states that oil
• Refrigerant Type (This example uses the more
should return to the compressor at the same rate that it
current R-410a)
leaves the compressor. Line loss limitations protect the
chiller against low suction pressure faults as well as an • Capacity required (73.5 tons)
excessive loss in capacity at the ACCU.
• Design Ambient Temperature (95°F)
The following JCI pipe line loss limitations parallel
• Design ACCU Saturated Suction Temperature
ASHRAE refrigeration standards. Practices base line
(SST). Generally a nominal 10°F below the LAT of
sizing as follows:
the DX Coil can be assumed. Note the following:
• Liquid Lines not to exceed a value of about 1°F • This example will assume 55°F LAT - 10°F =
line loss 45° SST at the ACCU.
• Suction Lines not to exceed a value of about 2°F • It should be noted here that if DX Coil Rows
line loss and FPI, or airside PD are already specified,
• Hot Gas Bypass (HGBP) line sizing is outlined in you can select the DX Coil first to identify
Table 37 and 38 of this form the DX Coil SST and then subtract the indus-
try standard 2°F suction line loss to acquire
• Maximum Suction, Liquid and Hot Gas Bypass the estimated SST design of the ACCU.
(HGBP) line equivalent feet allowed is a nomi-
nal 150 equivalent feet (100 EF on YCAV/YCIV This example offers model YCUL0072EE46 from
product – HGBP is not applicable). YORKworks Sales/Marketing Electronic Tool. (see
following and Figure 44 on page 55). This example
The following paragraphs and pages offer line sizing also notes the minimum tons for HGBP (optional).
examples using R-410a and R-22/R-407c refrigerant,
as well as specific table references found in the back
of this guide.
If YORKworks is not available, you can
use the Sales Engineering Guide in part
to acquire the initial data mentioned.
Engineer Guides can be downloaded from
the www.JCI.com website.
54 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Sales/Marketing
YORKworks Program
Electronic Tool
LD15947
Note: Compressors 5, 4, 2, & 1 shown in this Note - Select HGBP line size based on the
sequence. Compressors 6 & 3 N/A in this system. minimum/nominal part load rang of 17.7 tons
LD16013
Figure 44 - EXAMPLE – FROM SALES YORKWORKS PERFORMANCE DATA
JOHNSON CONTROLS 55
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
FORM 150.68-EG1 (509)
Sales Engineering Guide –

Alternate means for acquiring
catalogue ratings and design data
Model YCUL Air-Cooled Scroll Compressor Condensing Units

Style E
50 AND 60HZ
50 – 90 TON
175 – 316 KW
R-410A
LD15949
Figure 45 - ALTERNATE EXAMPLE – USING THE SALES ENGINEERING GUIDE
Table 2 - RATINGS - R-410A (60HZ - ENGLISH UNITS)

MODEL: YCUL0072EE
AIR TEMPERATURE ON - CONDENSER (°F)
SST 75.0 80.0 85.0 90.0 95.0
(°F) TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER
35.0 69.9 58.2 12.9 67.9 61.1 12.0 65.8 64.2 11.1 63.7 67.7 10.3 61.6 71.4 9.5
37.0 72.5 58.9 13.2 70.4 61.8 12.3 68.2 64.9 11.4 66.1 68.3 10.6 63.9 72.1 9.7
39.0 75.1 59.6 13.6 72.9 62.5 12.6 70.7 65.6 11.7 68.5 69.0 10.8 66.2 72.8 10.0
41.0 77.7 60.4 13.9 75.5 63.2 12.9 73.2 66.4 12.0 70.9 69.8 11.1 68.6 73.5 10.3
43.0 80.4 61.1 14.2 78.1 64.0 13.3 75.8 67.1 12.3 73.4 70.6 11.4 71.0 74.3 10.5
45.0 83.2 61.9 14.5 80.8 64.8 13.6 78.4 67.9 12.6 75.9 71.4 11.7 73.5 75.1 10.8
47.0 86.0 62.7 14.9 83.5 65.6 13.9 81.0 68.8 12.9 78.5 72.2 11.9 76.0 75.9 11.0
49.0 88.9 63.5 15.2 86.3 66.4 14.2 83.8 69.6 13.2 81.2 73.1 12.2 78.6 76.8 11.3
51.0 91.8 64.4 15.5 89.2 67.3 14.5 86.5 70.5 13.4 83.9 73.9 12.5 81.2 77.7 11.5
53.0 94.8 65.3 15.8 92.1 68.2 14.7 89.4 71.4 13.7 86.6 74.9 12.7 83.9 78.6 11.8
55.0 97.8 66.2 16.1 95.1 69.2 15.0 92.2 72.4 14.0 89.4 75.8 13.0 86.6 79.6 12.0
Table 3 - REFRIGERANT LINE CONNECTIONS

REFRIGERANT LINE
SUCTION LINE LIQUID LINE
MODEL SYSTEM CONNECTION
TONS
NUMBER NUMBER COPPER TYPE L NOMINAL TONS COPPER TYPE L
SUCTION LIQUID
INCHES OD UNLOADED INCHES OD
1 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 10.4 1-1/8
0045EE 41.6
2 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 10.4 1-1/8
1 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 11.7 Nominal
1-1/8unloaded tons may
0051EE 44.1
2 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 10.4 vary 1-1/8
somewhat from YORK-
1 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 12.9 works vs Sales Engineering
1-1/8
0055EE 51.6 Guide but has no real affect on
2 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 12.9 1-1/8
HGBP Valve selection.
1 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 14.9 1-1/8
0065EE 59.5
2 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 14.9 1-1/8
1 2.3 1.1 2-3/8 21.9 1-1/8
0072EE 73.5
2 2.1 1.1 2-1/8 14.9 1-1/8
56 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING

Piping Arrangement The Following is Referenced for Determining
Various piping arrangements are outlined on Figures Equivalent Feet of Pipe:
36 through 43 of this guide. This continued example • 3’ horizontally from the DX coil to the vertical
will cover suction line and the liquid line arrange- suction riser
ments, as well as the optional HGBP. Figures 46 and
• 12’ up the vertical suction riser with bottom trap
47 will itemize the number of fittings, traps and lin-
as outlined
ear line length for further use in determining the total
equivalent feet of pipe run. • 10’ horizontally to the ACCU suction connections.
(3) 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOWS/INVERTED TRAP
(2) Short Radius 45º

ACCU Street Elbows
10'
4
12'
DX COIL
90º Short Radius

3' Elbow
LD09157a
Figure 46 - EXAMPLE SUCTION LINE ARRANGEMENT
The Following is Referenced for Determining All Refrigerant Lines must be sloped
Equivalent Feet of Pipe: ½” per 10 feet minimum in direction
• 3’ horizontally of refrigerant flow to support good oil
management (Oil comes back to the com-
• 12’ vertically up pressor at the same rate that it leaves the
• 10’ horizontally compressor).
• (2) 90° long radius elbows Maximum allowable pipe runs must not
exceed 150 equivalent feet (100 Equiva-
lent feet for YCAV and YCIV). Reference
LONG RADIUS ELBOWS “Dealing with Excessive Line Lengths”
ACCU
on page 59 of this guide.
10'
12'
DX COIL
3'
LD09158a
Figure 47 - EXAMPLE LIQUID LINE ARRANGEMENT
JOHNSON CONTROLS 57
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Determining Percent System Splits Refrigerant System (Circuit) %

This example maintains the YCUL0072EE R-410a re- Split Determination
frigerant ACCU having two different nominal tonnage Note: System #1 is generally the larger compressor sys-
systems as outlined in Figure 48 on page 58, noting tem and compressor #1, 2 and 3 are always considered
that not all ACCU’s have unequal system tons. system #1
In this continued example, we have System #1 at a Total Nom. Tons = System #1 nom tons @ (2 x 20) +
nominal 40 tons (20 + 20 tons) and System #2 at a System #2 nom tons @ (2 x 15) = 70 Nom. Tons
nominal 30 tons (15 + 15 tons). This example will ad-
dress system #1 only, noting that system #2 is selected % Split System #1 = (2 x 20) / 70 = (40 / 70) = 57%
in the same manner. % Split System #2 = (2 x 15) / 70 = (30 / 70) = 43%
These and other ACCU system splits are outlined in the
Sales Engineering Guides, as well as in the IOM’s (Ser-
vice Installation, Operating and Maintenance Manuals)
under the Physical Data portions.
Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #2 for
R-22 and R-407c Refrigerants.
Physical Data - English Units

60Hz
Model No. YCUL 0045 0051 0055 0065 0072
Length 144.8 144.8 148.8 148.8 153.6
Width 90.6 90.6 90.6 90.6 90.6
Height 47.8 47.8 62.6 62.6 62.6
Nominal Tons 41.6 44.1 51.6 59.5 73.5
Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2 2 2 2 2
Refrig. Chg. Opt. R-410A (lbs) ckt1/ckt2 35/35 40/35 45/45 50/50 65/65
Oil Charge, gallons ckt1/ckt2 1.8/1.8 1.8/1.8 1.7/1.7 1.7/1.7 2.3/2.2
Alum. Fin Coils, lbs 2942 2968 3196 3208 4097
Shipping Weight
Copper Fin Coils, lbs 3300 3326 3673 3685 4703
Alum. Fin Coils, lbs 2967 3001 3233 3245 4142
Operating Weight
Copper Fin Coils, lbs 3325 3359 3710 3722 4748
Comp. 1 10 12 13 15 20
Comp. 2 10 12 13 15 20
Comp. 3 – – – – –
Nominal Comp. Capacity
Comp. 4 10 10 13 15 15
Comp. 5 10 10 13 15 15
Comp. 6 – – – – –
Figure 48 - DETERMINING REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT % SPLIT
58 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Calculating the Final System Capacity • 45°F saturated suction temperature.

Given the total ACCU capacity of 73.5 tons (Reference • System #1 capacity of 41.9 tons.
Figures 44 or 45), and the percent split for system #1
of 57% (Reference Figure 48), the system #1 capacity • System #1 minimum capacity of 17.7 tons.
to size for is (73.5 x 0.57) 41.9 tons. System #2 would • Arrangement - DX Coil below the ACCU with
be calculated in the same manner. lengths, traps and fittings count as outlined in Fig-
ures 45 and 46).
Design Data and Assumptions
The following offers the accumulated design data and Example Design Data – Computer Rating
assumptions from the previous example pages. Note See previous Figure 44 on page 55 for computer rat-
that this is the required minimum information neces- ing.
sary for determining piping line sizing requirements.
Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #2 for Dealing with Excessive Line Lengths
R-22 and R-407c Refrigerants. In estimating the line size diameter it is important
to note that the “maximum” equivalent pipe length 4
must not exceed a nominal 150 equivalent feet (100
equivalent feet for YCAV or YCIV). Note also that
any change in your initial pipe diameter will vary the
equivalent feet of pipe for any fixed pipe length and
Example Design Data/Assumptions trap/fitting count. Also, when pipe run initial estimates
• ACCU: R-410a, YCUL0072EE, 73.5 tons @ exceed the maximum 150’ equivalent lengths (100
full load (System #1 is only addressed in this equivalent feet for YCAV or YCIV), always contact
example). JCI Application Engineering for direction. In virtually
all cases the direction will be to move the DX Coil
• 95°F ambient (the condensing temperature is typi-
and the ACCU closer together, or the pipe run will
cally about 25°F above the design ambient tem-
need to be re-routed and shortened following prac-
perature or about 120°F in this example. This is
tices outlined in this guide.
generally the same for other ACCU refrigerant
types . . . always verify if uncertain).
JOHNSON CONTROLS 59
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Suction Line Full Load Duty Selection Equivalent Feet of Pipe Correction
Procedure In this example, the equivalent feet of pipe length from
Continuing the R-410a example above as outlined in the following page shows 41 equivalent feet using the
the assumptions on page 57 and percent system split 1-5/8” suction line selected. This, along with the actual
on page 58, make an initial system #1 suction line se- tonnage will be used in calculating the final line loss.
lection using Table 27 on page 121 in the Appendix
(Also Table 4 on page 60 of this example). Calculating Final Line Loss - Calculating the actual
Δt line loss using the formula under note 4 of Table 4
Given the 41.9 actual tons in this example, the initial on page 60 calculates to 2.16°F line loss (Loss from
line size selection would suggest a 1-5/8” suction line DX Coil to ACCU):
at the design 45° SST assumption, based on the short
equivalent feet run in this example. The initial line ca- Δt = 2.16°F falls at about the 2°F allowable line loss,
pacity per 100 equivalent feet of 1-5/8” pipe shows and is best suited in this example. An initial check
27.5 tons. would show going one size larger at 2-1/8 would push
the Δt well under the design 2°F line loss to 0.69°F
Condensing Temperature Correction and although would work, is not the best selection in
this example.
The 1-5/8" line size capacity is next corrected for the
actual 120°F condensing temperature noted in the as- This line loss is used to determine the required suction
sumption example. The correction factor is selected temperature design of the DX Coil (i.e. 45°F @ ACCU
from bottom of Table 27 on page 121, also listed in + 2.16°F = 47.16°F SST DX Coil Design). This line
this example under Table 5 on page 60 (i.e. 27.5 Ta- loss can also be used to determine the ACCU SST with
ble tons x 0.89 = 24.47 adj. tons). a given DX Coil SST (i.e. DX Coil °F SST – calculated
Table 4 - DETERMINE SUCTION LINE SIZE/CA- line loss °F = °F SST @ ACCU.
PACITY IN TONS R-410A Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #2 for
Saturated Suction Temperature, R-22 and R-407c Refrigerants.
Line Size ºF -R-410a
35 45 55
Type L Cooper ∆t = 2 ºF ∆t = 2 ºF ∆t = 2 ºF
OD Inches ∆p = 4.11 ∆p = 4.87 ∆p = 5.34
7/8 4.06 5.00 6.10 Suction Line Equivalent Feet Review
1 1/8 8.20 10.00 13.00
In this example the Suction Line Equivalent Feet Esti-
1 3/8 14.27 17.50 20.70
mation comes to 41 Equivalent Feet (Reference Figure
1 5/8 22.50 27.50 32.60 49 on page 61).
2 1/8 46.51 56.50 67.50
Table 5 - SUCTION LINE CONDENSER TEMPER-
1 5/8 81.96 96.50 118.00 ATURE CORRECTION FACTOR R-410A
3 1/8 130.50 157.00 187.50 CONDENSING SUCTION DISCHARGE
NOTES: TEMPERATURE °F LINE LINE
1. ∆p = Pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet equiva- 80 1.17 0.82
lent length. 90 1.10 0.89
2. ∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure 100 1.04 0.96
drop, per 100 feet.
110 0.96 1.03
3. Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and equivalent
120 0.89 1.10
lengths Le.
∆ 130 0.81 1.16
Line capacity = Table capacity
∆ NOTE: Some tables may present the data differently, but through
4. Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent the formulas the output is the same.
lengths Le
∆t =Table ∆t
60 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Suction Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation Equivalent Feet of pipe is used in deter-
Line Sizing (Diameter) is based on the total equivalent mining the final line loss on the previous
feet of pipe run for each given suction line. Any change page 60, as well as to assure you are
in the selected pipe size diameter will vary the equiva- within the maximum 150 equivalent feet
lent feet of pipe (See Figure 49 on page 61 losses design criteria.
for various pipe diameters). So it is important to re-
visit Table 4 on page 60 and Figure 49 on page 61 Determining Pipe Fitting Loss
if the line size diameter selection has changed. In this
From Figure 49 tabulate the equivalent feet loss for
example the linear feet estimation and fittings BOM
each fitting itemized (see left). Keep in mind vertical
are outlined in Figure 46 on page 57 with equivalent
suction “risers” in excess of 20’ must include an inter-
feet estimates tabulated below.
mediate trap at mid point, and if suction risers exceed
Suction Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation 40’, always discuss with JCI Application Engineering
Using 1-5/8” Diameter Pipe: (or Include in Special Quotation in YORKworks - SQ).
Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’ When using Figure 49, note that the tube
Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet = size is listed as nominal. Always use the 4
+ 3.0’ [horizontally] size closest to the actual (i.e. Actual 1-5/8”
+ 4.2’ [(2) 45° Street fittings] would use a nominal 1-1/2” size as in this
[~2.1 eq. feet/elbow*] example).
+ 4.0’ [(1) 90° Standard fitting]
[~4.0 eq. feet/elbow*]
+ 7.8’ [(3) 90° Long radius elbows]
[~2.6 eq. feet /elbow*]
+ 12’ [vertically]
+ 10’ [horizontally]
= 41.0’ → equivalent
Smooth Bend Elbows Smooth Bend Tees
90°
° Flow Straight-Through Flow
° Std.a
90° Long b 90°° ° Std.a
45° 45°° 180°
°
Radius Streeta Streeta Std.a Through
Branch No Reduced Reduced
Nominal Reduction 1/4 1/2
Pipe or
Tube 1/2d
Size, in. d 3/4d d
3/8 1.4 0.9 2.3 0.7 1.1 2.3 2.7 0.9 1.2 1.4
1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.4 1.6
3/4 2.0 1.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 3.2 4.0 1.4 1.9 2.0
1 2.6 1.7 4.1 1.3 2.1 4.1 5.0 1.7 2.2 2.6
1-1/4 3.3 2.3 5.6 1.7 3.0 5.6 7.0 2.3 3.1 3.3
1-1/2 4.0 2.6 6.3 2.1 3.4 6.3 8.0 2.6 3.7 4.0
2 5.0 3.3 8.2 2.6 4.5 8.2 10.0 3.3 4.7 5.0
2-1/2 6.0 4.1 10.0 3.2 5.2 10.0 12.0 4.1 5.6 6.0
3 7.5 5.0 12.0 4.0 6.4 12.0 15.0 5.0 7.0 7.5
3-1/2 9.0 5.9 8.2 4.7 7.3 15.0 18.0 5.9 8.0 9.0
4 10.0 6.7 10.0 5.2 8.5 17.0 21.0 6.7 9.0 10.0
5 13.0 8.2 12.0 6.5 11.0 21.0 25.0 8.2 12.0 13.0
6 16.0 10.0 15.0 7.9 13.0 25.0 30.0 10.0 14.0 16.0
LD09160
Figure 49 - SUCTION PIPING FITTING LOSSES
JOHNSON CONTROLS 61
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING

Determining the Need for Double Suction We must now adjust for the actual liquid temperature
Risers leaving the condenser. Using Table 6 on page 62
Double suction risers are required where the turndown “Liquid Temperature, °F” chart/note, we find the cor-
capacity of the ACCU system is less than the suction rection factor for 105°F liquid condensing temperature
line piping minimum refrigerant capacity for oil en- (120°F CT - 15° Sub Cooling) to be 0.915 times the
trainment up a vertical riser, as outlined in the appen- 4.73 = 4.33 ton minimum allowable turndown. With
dix Table 29 on page 122 (Also Table 6 on page 62 the actual minimum load being 17.7 tons > the adjusted
in this example). 4.33 minimum, the need for double suction risers is not
required in this example.
In this continued example, referencing Figure 44 on
page 55 shows a minimum load for system #1 at It should be noted here that over sizing a suction line
17.7 tons. Using Table 6 on page 62, for the 1-5/8” can lead to the possible need for double suction ris-
suction line selected in this example (With 45°F SST ers, keeping in mind that any unnecessary piping is un-
and 55°F Suction Gas Temp assuming 10°F suction wanted piping. While accepting a slightly higher (Say
superheat at minimum load), use the value closest to less than 10% higher than the 2.0°F target) °F suction
the 45°F SST of 40°F (In chart), with a suction gas line loss can possibly eliminate the need for double
temperature of (40 + 10) 50°F. This offers a 4.73 nomi- suction risers. You can also consider downsizing the
nal ton minimum allowable turndown based on a 90°F vertical riser portion.
liquid condensing temperature. Our Design criteria/
assumptions on page 59 show the liquid condensing
temperature to be 120°F.
Table 6 - MINIMUM REFRIGERANT CAPACITY IN TONS FOR OIL ENTRAINMENT UP SUCTION RISERS R-410A
PIPE O.D., IN.
SATURATION SUCTION
1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4 7/ 8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS TEMP.,
AREA, IN2
TEMP., °F °F
0.233 0.348 0.484 0.825 1.256 1.780 3.094 4.770 6.812 9.213 11.97
-30 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.39 0.76 1.29 2.00 3.98 6.84 10.68 15.58 21.61
-40 -10 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.40 0.78 1.32 2.04 4.07 6.99 10.90 15.90 22.06
10 0.09 0.16 0.27 0.41 0.79 1.34 2.08 4.15 7.12 11.12 16.22 22.50
-10 0.11 0.20 0.33 0.50 0.98 1.66 2.56 5.12 8.79 13.72 20.01 27.76
-20 10 0.11 0.21 0.34 0.51 1.00 1.69 2.62
30 0.12 0.21 0.35 0.52 1.02 1.73 2.67 Note - Liquid Correc-
10 0.14 0.25 0.42 0.63 1.23 2.08 3.21 tion Factor: Based on
the assumption 120°F
R-410A 0 30 0.14 0.26 0.43 0.64 1.26 2.12 3.28
condensing temperature
50 0.15 0.26 0.44 0.65 1.28 2.17 3.35 minus the normal design
30 0.19 0.34 0.56 0.85 1.65 2.79 4.32 15°F sub-cooling @ 95°F
20 50 0.19 0.35 0.57 0.87 1.69 2.85 4.41 ambient = (120 - 15) =
70 0.20 0.35 0.58 0.88 1.72 2.91 4.50 105°F Liquid Tempera-
ture. By interpolation the
50 0.21 0.37 0.61 0.93 1.81 3.06 4.73
correction factor = 0.915
40 70 0.21 0.38 0.63 0.95 1.85 3.13 4.84 in this example.
90 0.20 0.39 0.64 0.97 1.88 3.19 4.93
Refrigeration capacity in tons is based on 90°F liquid temperature and superheat as indicated by the temperature in the table.
The saturated condensing and suction conditions are referenced to the dewpoint for R-407C. For other liquid line tempera-
tures, use correction factors to the capacity given in the table below.
LIQUID TEMPERATURE, °F
REFRIGERANT
50 60 70 80 100 110 120 130 140
R-410A 1.21 1.16 1.11 1.05 0.94 0.89 0.82 0.76 0.68
62 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Double Suction Riser Design and Selection SELECTING LIQUID LINES

Practices
Liquid lines are less critical on oil return concerns,
When applying double suction line risers the combined given the oil readily mixes with the liquid refrigerant.
cross sectional area of the two risers should be similar However, line “size” has a greater impact on refrig-
to the cross sectional area of a correctly sized single erant volume in the system, and should be guarded
riser. against and not oversized. Oversized lines with greater
refrigerant volume can increase the potential for refrig-
As a rule of thumb, the smaller riser ‘A’ would be sized
erant leaks, along with unnecessary added refrigerant
to handle about 25% to 45% of the total area of the
cost. Sizing should generally be based on line loss not
originally selected line size and ‘B’ the rest.
exceeding about 1°F.
Offering a “Side” Example – Using Table 6 on page
62 (Also Table 29 on page 122 in the Appendix), Liquid Line Selection Procedure
a 2-1/8” Main suction line would have a 3.094 sq in. Continuing the R-410a example above as outlined in
area. Selecting riser ‘A’ would suggest a 1-3/8” O.D. the assumptions on page 59 and percent system split on
line with a 1.256 sq in. area, or roughly 41% of the page 58, make an initial system #1 liquid line selection 4
2-1/8” Main. The larger ‘B’ would suggest a 1-5/8” using Table 28 on page 121 in the Appendix (Also
size with 1.780 sq in. This would result in a 3.036 sq shown in Table 7 on page 64 of this example).
in. cross section area for ‘A’ and ‘B’.
Given the total ACCU capacity of 73.5 tons (Reference
The 1-3/8” and 1-5/8” double risers, with a total area of Figure 44 on page 55), and the percent split for sys-
3.036 square inches, would be acceptably close to the tem #1 of 57% (Reference Figure 48 on page 58),
2-1/8” (3.094 square inches) Main selected suction line the system #1 capacity to size for is (73.5 x 0.57) 41.9
size and reflect a properly sized double suction riser. tons (Note – This exercise has already been completed
and can be referenced on page 65 of this guide under
“Calculating the Final System Capacity”).
In reviewing Table 7 on page 64 the initial line size
selection would suggest a 7/8” liquid line, based on the
Suction Line to
Compressor shorter equivalent feet line length, at about a 1°F line
loss Δt. This initial selection must be reviewed at the
A B actual equivalent line length, which follows.
Red.
Evap. Tee
45o Str.
Ells
LD09061
Figure 50 - DOUBLE SUCTION RISER
JOHNSON CONTROLS 63
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Table 7 - DISCHARGE AND LIQUID LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A
LINE SIZE DISCHARGE LINES (∆t = 1 ºF, ∆p = 4.75psi) LINE SIZE LIQUID LINES
TYPE L SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F TYPE L ∆t = 1°F

Vel. = 100 FPM
COPPER, OD 35 45 55 COPPER, OD ∆p = 4.75
1/2 1.30 1.35 1.37 1/2 2.00 4.60
5/8 2.50 2.55 2.60 5/8 3.20 8.60
3/4 4.20 4.25 4.30 3/4 4.70 14.30
7/8 6.50 6.60 6.75 7/8 6.70 22.60
1 1/8 13.10 13.25 13.40 1 1/8 11.40 45.80
1 3/8 22.80 23.00 23.35 1 3/8 17.40 79.70
1 5/8 36.00 36.45 37.00 1 5/8 24.60 125.90

2 1/8 72.00 75.00 77.00 2 1/8 42.80 260.70
2 5/8 135.00 137.00 138.00 2 5/8 66.00 459.70
3 1/8 210.00 215.00 216.00 3 1/8 94.20 733.00
3 5/8 310.00 315.00 318.00 3 5/8 127.40 1087.50
NOTES: Liquid Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation

Capacities are in tons of refrigeration.
Line Sizing (Diameter) is based on the total equivalent
∆p = Pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet
feet of pipe run for each given liquid line. Any change
equivalent length.
in the selected pipe size diameter will vary the equiva-
∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to
pressure drop, per °F per 100 feet. lent feet of pipe (See Figure 51 on page 65 losses
Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and for various pipe diameters). So it is important to re-
equivalent lengths Le. visit Figure 51 on page 65 and the “Calculated Final
Line capacity = Table capacity Liquid Line Loss” on the following page if the line size
∆
diameter has changed.
∆ In this example the linear feet estimation and fittings
Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent
BOM are outlined in Figure 47 on page 57 with
lengths Le equivalent feet estimates tabulated as on the following
page.
∆t =Table ∆t
Equivalent Feet of pipe is used in deter-
mining the final line loss on the follow-
ing page 65, as well as to assure you are
within the maximum 150 equivalent feet
design criteria (100 equivalent feet on
YCAV and YCIV product).
64 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Liquid Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation Determining Pipe Fitting Loss

using 7/8” Diameter Pipe From Figure 51 on page 65 tabulate the equivalent
Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’ feet loss for each fitting itemized (See left). Keep in
Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet = mind vertical liquid “risers” must not exceed the maxi-
mum distances outlined in Table 1 on page 44 of this
+ 3.0’ [horizontally] guide. When risers exceed these values, always discuss
+ 3.4’ [(2) 90° Long radius elbows] with JCI Application Engineering.
+ 12.0’ [vertically]
+ 10.0’ [horizontally]
= 28.4’ → say 29’ equivalent
When using Figure 51, note that the tube
size is listed as nominal. Always use the
size closest to the actual (i.e. Actual 7/8”
would use a nominal 1” size as in this ex-
ample). When closest to the actual size is 4
split as in this case, always use the larger
loss value.
90°
° Std.a
90° Long 90°° ° Std.a
45° 45°° 180°
°
Radius b Streeta Streeta Std.a Through
Pipe or
Tube 1/2d
Size, in. d 3/4d d
3/8 1.4 0.9 2.3 0.7 1.1 2.3 2.7 0.9 1.2 1.4
1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.4 1.6
3/4 2.0 1.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 3.2 4.0 1.4 1.9 2.0
1 2.6 1.7 4.1 1.3 2.1 4.1 5.0 1.7 2.2 2.6
1-1/4 3.3 2.3 5.6 1.7 3.0 5.6 7.0 2.3 3.1 3.3
1-1/2 4.0 2.6 6.3 2.1 3.4 6.3 8.0 2.6 3.7 4.0
2 5.0 3.3 8.2 2.6 4.5 8.2 10.0 3.3 4.7 5.0
2-1/2 6.0 4.1 10.0 3.2 5.2 10.0 12.0 4.1 5.6 6.0
3 7.5 5.0 12.0 4.0 6.4 12.0 15.0 5.0 7.0 7.5
3-1/2 9.0 5.9 8.2 4.7 7.3 15.0 18.0 5.9 8.0 9.0
4 10.0 6.7 10.0 5.2 8.5 17.0 21.0 6.7 9.0 10.0
5 13.0 8.2 12.0 6.5 11.0 21.0 25.0 8.2 12.0 13.0
6 16.0 10.0 15.0 7.9 13.0 25.0 30.0 10.0 14.0 16.0
LD09160
Figure 51 - LIQUID PIPING FITTING LOSSES
Calculating Final Liquid Line Loss 1.8

Actual L e Actual capacity
Calculating the actual Δt line loss using the formula ∆t = Table∆t
Table L e Table capacity
under Δt of Table 7 on page 64 calculates to 0.88°F
line loss and approximates the 1.0°F design loss and
validates the selection (See right):
1.8
Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #2 for 29 41.9
Δt = 1
R-22 and R-407c Refrigerants. 100 22.6
Δt = 0.88°F which is close to the 1°F design
JOHNSON CONTROLS 65
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Determining “Optional” Hot Gas Bypass Equivalent Feet

(HGBP) Line Size In determining the HGBP line size, you will need to
Reference the Sales YORKworks Performance Data tabulate the equivalent feet of pipe run. Equivalent feet
sheet (See example Figure 44 on page 55). Review of pipe is determined in the same manner as the suction
the minimum part load rating data, capacity tons. and liquid line (Reference Figures 46 and Figure 47 on
Typically compressors 6, 5, and 4 are for page 57 examples).
system #2 and compressors 3, 2, and 1 are In this example we will base the HGBP line arrange-
for system #1 (Respective to the declining ment, lengths and fittings with the same values as the
Part Load Rating Data shown in Figure liquid line (Same 7/8” line size assumed). Referencing
44 . . . compressors 6 and 4 are N/A in Table 8 on page 66 (Less than 50’), an initial line
this example and not shown). Also note size selection would suggest a 7/8” line size, based on
that typically the larger compressor is on the short run. Equivalent feet tabulation would be as
system #1, but always verify through the follows:
IOM or the in-place ACCU.
HGBP Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation
Referencing Figure 44 on page 55, YCUL0072 Style
Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’
E with R-410a refrigerant having HGBP on system #1
Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet =
would indicate a 17.7 ton minimum compressor load
rating. This is the tonnage used in selecting the HGBP
line size in Table 8 on page 66.
+ 3.4’ [(2) 90° Long radius elbows]
When applying HGBP to both systems, [~1.7 eq. feet /elbow*]
keep in mind that System #2 may have a + 12.0’ [vertically]
different compressor capacity (Smaller + 10.0’ [horizontally]
tonnage compressors are typically on = 28.4’ → say 29’ equivalent
system #2) as in this example of a nominal
14.9 tons (Refer to Table 3 on page 56).
Figure 52 offers the same Line Size Rec-
ommendations as Table 8, except in Line
Chart Form.
Table 8 - HGBP LINE SIZE RECOMMENDATIONS

R-22 and (R-407c) - MAX TONS, R-410a - MAX TONS,
LINE SIZE (TYPE "L"
CAPACITY @ EQUIVALENT FT. (EF) CAPACITY @ EQUIVALENT FT. (EF)
REFRIGERATE GRADE)
150 EF 50 EF 150 EF 50 EF
3/4 2.6 4.7 4.0 7.4
7/8 3.9 7.1 6.2 11.4
1 - 1/8" 7.9 14.4 12.6 23.0
1 - 3/8" 13.7 25.1 21.8 40.0
1 - 5/8" 21.7 39.6 34.5 63.1
2 - 1/8" 44.9 82.1 71.1 130.2
66 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
LD15950
Figure 52 - HGBP LINE SIZE RECOMMENDATIONS LINE GRAPHS FOR R-22, R-407C AND R-410A
Determining Final HGBP Line Sizing Looking at 17.7 tons @ 29 EF plots a point between a
Given the design of 29 equivalent feet (EF) of HGBP 7/8” line size and a 1-1/8”. Given the minimum tons
pipe run, and the minimum turndown capacity of 17.7 are offered as 100% of the minimum turndown com-
tons, determine from either Table 8 on page 66 pressor, the selection is somewhat conservative and
or Figure 52 on page 67 the best line size using would suggest the closer of the two curves. In this case
R-410a. the final HGBP selection would suggest a 7/8” line
size as acceptable.
Using Table 8 on page 66 would suggest an initial
selection of 7/8” given the short equivalent feet of pipe
run. Referencing Figure 52 on page 67 allows a
more detailed view of the selection.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 67
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
PIPING EXAMPLE #2 – LINE SIZING PRACTICE USING R-22 (R-407C SIMILAR) REFRIGERANT
PIPING – SIZE AND SELECTION PRACTICES YORKworks has discontinued selec-

OVERVIEW tions for R-22 and R-407c in light of the
more current R-410a refrigerant. This
Pipe sizing is critical to oil management as well as line
example will focus on the Engineering
loss considerations. Oil management states that oil
Guide as the selection tool. Engineer-
should return to the compressor at the same rate that it
ing Guide can be downloaded from the
leaves the compressor. Line loss limitations protect the
www.jci.com website.
chiller against low suction pressure faults as well as an
excessive loss in capacity at the ACCU.
Making the Initial YORKworks Selection
The following JCI pipe line loss limitations parallel Given the following required initial data, acquire the
ASHRAE refrigeration standards. Practices base line ACCU selection for this project:
sizing as follows:
• Refrigerant Type (This example uses R-22)
• Liquid Lines not to exceed a value of about 1°F
line loss • Capacity required (70 tons)
• Suction Lines not to exceed a value of about 2°F • Design Ambient Temperature (95°F)
line loss • Design ACCU Saturated Suction Temperature
• Hot Gas Bypass (HGBP) line sizing is outlined in (SST). Generally a nominal 10°F below the LAT
Table 14 on page 80 or Figure 60 on page 80 of the DX Coil can be assumed. Note the follow-
of this form ing:
• Maximum Suction, Liquid and Hot Gas Bypass • This example will assume 55°F LAT - 10°F =
(HGBP) line equivalent feet allowed is a nomi- 45° SST ESTIMATE at the ACCU
nal 150 equivalent feet (100 EF on YCAV/YCIV • It should be noted here that if DX Coil Rows
product – HGBP is not applicable). and FPI, or airside PD are already specified,
The following paragraphs and pages offer line sizing you can select the DX Coil first to identify
Example #2 using R-22 (R-407c refrigerant is virtually the DX Coil SST and then subtract the indus-
the same and will not be covered as an example), as try standard 2°F suction line loss to acquire
well as specific table references found in the back of the estimated SST design of the ACCU.
this guide. Reference Example #1 for R-410a Refriger- This example offers model YCUL0076EC46 out of the
ant Systems. Sales Engineering Guide. See below and Figure 53.
Figure 53 also notes under Physical Data the minimum
nominal tons for HGBP (Optional).
68 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
FORM 150.63-EG1 (308)
4
Air-Cooled Scroll Condensing Units
Style C
15 – 130 TON
53 – 457 kW
R-22 & HFC-407C
60 Hz
LD15952
Figure 53 - EXAMPLE – USING THE SALES ENGINEERING GUIDE
Table 9 - RATINGS - R-22 (ENGLISH UNITS)

MODEL: YCUL0076EC
AIR TEMPERATURE ON - CONDENSER (°F)
SST 75°F 80°F 85°F 90°F 95°F 100°F
(°F) TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER TONS KW EER
35.0 64.2 55.4 12.4 62.6 58.6 11.5 61.0 61.9 10.7 59.4 65.5 9.9 57.7 69.2 9.1 55.9 73.1 8.4
37.0 66.6 55.9 12.7 64.9 59.0 11.8 63.3 62.4 11.0 61.6 65.9 10.2 59.8 69.7 9.4 58.0 73.7 8.6
39.0 69.0 56.3 13.1 67.3 59.5 12.2 65.6 62.8 11.3 63.8 66.4 10.5 62.0 70.2 9.7 60.1 74.2 8.9
41.0 71.4 56.8 13.5 69.7 60.0 12.5 67.9 63.4 11.6 66.1 67.0 10.8 64.2 70.8 9.9 62.3 74.8 9.2
43.0 74.0 57.3 13.8 72.2 60.5 12.9 70.3 63.9 11.9 68.5 67.5 11.1 66.5 71.3 10.2 64.5 75.4 9.4
45.0 76.6 57.8 14.2 74.7 61.0 13.2 72.8 64.4 12.3 70.8 68.0 11.4 68.9 71.9 10.5 66.8 75.9 9.7
47.0 79.2 58.4 14.6 77.3 61.5 13.6 75.3 64.9 12.6 73.3 68.6 11.7 71.2 72.4 10.8 69.1 76.5 10.0
49.0 81.9 58.9 15.0 79.9 62.1 13.9 77.9 65.5 12.9 75.8 69.1 12.0 73.6 73.0 11.1 71.5 77.1 10.2
51.0 84.6 59.5 15.3 82.6 62.6 14.3 80.5 66.1 13.3 78.3 69.7 12.3 76.1 73.6 11.4 73.9 77.7 10.5
53.0 87.4 60.1 15.7 85.3 63.2 14.6 83.1 66.6 13.6 80.9 70.3 12.6 78.6 74.2 11.6 76.3 78.4 10.8
55.0 90.3 60.7 16.1 88.1 63.8 15.0 85.8 67.3 13.9 83.5 70.9 12.9 81.2 74.9 11.9 78.8 79.0 11.0
Through interpolation the 70 tons It is noted that the 70 tons specified in this
required equates to a 46°F SST vs example has a slightly warmer SST but is
the original estimate of 45°F SST. acceptable for this design LAT of 55°F.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 69
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
TABLE 9 - RATINGS - R-22 (ENGLISH UNITS) (CONT'D)
Physical Data - English Units

MODEL NUMBER YCUL
0066 0076 0080 0086 0090 0096
GENERAL UNIT DATA
Nominal Tons, R-22 62.2 68.9 77.0 83.6 90.1 90.8
Nominal Tons, R-407C 61.3 66.5 74.9 81.8 88.5 87.2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2 2 2 2 2 2
Refrigerant Charge, Operating
R-22, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 56.2/56.2 58.5/48.4 64.7/64.7 71.8/64.7 78.0/78.0 86.3/73.2
R-407C, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 54.2/54.2 56.4/46.7 62.4/62.4 69.2/62.4 75.2/75.2 83.2/70.5
Pumpdown Capacity
R-22, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 87.6/87.6 68.1/68.1 102.2/102.2 102.2/102.2 102.2/102.2 150.0/150.0
R-407C, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 84.4/84.4 65.6/65.6 98.5/98.5 98.5/98.5 98.5/98.5 145.8/145.8
Oil Charge, ckt1 / ckt2, gallons 2.2/2.2 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 4.2/54.2
Respectively system #1 is 13 tons minimum
Operating / Shipping Weight
load and system #2 is 10 tons. These values
Aluminum Fin Coils, lbs 4175 4842 5004 5150 5240 5532
Copper Fin Coils, lbs 4475 5142
are used for selecting
5384 5530
the HGBP
5620
option 6394
COMPRESSORS, SCROLL TYPE
Compressors per circuit 2 3 3 3 3 2
Compressors per unit 4 6 6 6 6 4
Nominal Tons per compressor 15/15 13/10 13/13 15/13 15/15 25/20
Piping Arrangement The Following is Referenced for Determining

Various piping arrangements are outlined on Figures Equivalent Feet of Pipe:
36 through 43 of this guide. This continued example • 3’ horizontally from the DX coil to the vertical
will cover both suction and liquid line arrangements, suction riser
as well as the optional HGBP. Figures 54 and 55 will • 12’ up the vertical suction riser with bottom trap
itemize the number of fittings, traps and linear line as outlined
length for further use in determining the total equiva-
• 10’ horizontally to the ACCU suction connections.
lent feet of pipe run.
• (3) 90° long radius elbows
• (2) short radius 45° street elbows
• (1) 90° short radius elbow
(3) 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOWS/INVERTED TRAP
(2) Short Radius 45º

ACCU Street Elbows
10'
12'
DX COIL
90º Short Radius

3' Elbow
LD09157a
Figure 54 - EXAMPLE SUCTION LINE ARRANGEMENT
70 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
The Following is Referenced for Determining In this continued example, we have System #1 at a
Equivalent Feet of Pipe: nominal 39 tons (3 nominal 13 ton scrolls) and System
• 3’ horizontally #2 at a nominal 30 tons (3 nominal 10 tons scrolls).
This example will address system #1 only, noting that
• 12’ vertically up
system #2 is selected in the same manner.
• 10’ horizontally
• (2) 90° long radius elbows 1. All Refrigerant Lines must be sloped ½” per 10
feet minimum in direction of refrigerant flow to
LONG RADIUS ELBOWS
support good oil management (Oil comes back to
ACCU the compressor at the same rate that it leaves the
10' compressor).
2. Maximum allowable pipe runs must not exceed
150 equivalent feet (100 Equivalent feet for
YCAV and YCIV). Reference “Dealing with Ex-
12' cessive Line Lengths” on page 72 of this guide.
DX COIL
These and other ACCU system splits are outlined in the 4

3' Sales Engineering Guides, as well as in the (Service In-
LD09158a stallation, Operating and Maintenance Manuals) under
the Physical Data portions.
Figure 55 - EXAMPLE LIQUID LINE ARRANGEMENT
Determining Percent System Splits R-410a Refrigerants noting that R-407c
refrigerants are very similar to R-22 as in
This example maintains the YCUL0076EC R-22 re- this example.
frigerant ACCU having two different nominal tonnage
systems as outlined in Figure 56, noting that not all
ACCU’s have unequal system tons.
Physical Data - English and SI

MODEL NUMBER ACCU
0066 0076 0080 0086 0090 0096
GENERAL UNIT DATA
Nominal Tons, R-22 62.2 68.9 77.0 83.6 90.1 90.8
Nominal Tons, R-407C 61.3 66.5 74.9 81.8 88.5 87.2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits 2 2 2 2 2 2
Refrigerant Charge, Operating
R-22, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 56.2/56.2 58.5/48.4 64.7/64.7 71.8/64.7 78.0/78.0 86.3/73.2
R-407C, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 54.2/54.2 56.4/46.7 62.4/62.4 69.2/62.4 75.2/75.2 83.2/70.5
Pumpdown Capacity
R-22, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 87.6/87.6 68.1/68.1 102.2/102.2 102.2/102.2 102.2/102.2 150.0/150.0
R-407C, ckt1 / ckt2, lbs 84.4/84.4 65.6/65.6 98.5/98.5 98.5/98.5 98.5/98.5 145.8/145.8
Refrigerant System (Circuit) % Split determination:
Oil Charge, ckt1 / ckt2, gallons 2.2/2.2 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 3.3/3.3 4.2/54.2
Note: Minimum nominal load for system #1 is 13 nominal tons and system #2 is 10 tons respectively
Operating / Shipping Weight
Total Nominal Tons = System #1 nom tons @ (3 x 13) + System #2 nom tons @ (3 x 10) = 69 Nominal Tons
Aluminum Fin Coils, lbs % Split System #1 = (3 x 13) / 694842
4175 = (39 / 69) = 57%
5004 5150 5240 5532
Copper Fin Coils, lbs % Split System #2 = (3 x 10) / 695142
4475 = (30 / 69) = 43%
5384 5530 5620 6394
COMPRESSORS, SCROLL TYPE
Compressors per circuit 2 3 3 3 3 2
Compressors per unit 4 6 6 6 6 4
Nominal Tons per compressor 15/15 13/10 13/13 15/13 15/15 25/20
Figure 56 - DETERMINING REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT % SPLIT
JOHNSON CONTROLS 71
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Calculating the Final System Capacity 150’ equivalent lengths (100 equivalent feet for YCAV
Given the specified total ACCU capacity of 70 tons (Ref- or YCIV), always contact JCI Application Engineering
erence Table 9 on page 69), and the percent split for for direction. In virtually all cases the direction will be
system #1 of 57% (Reference Figure 56 on page 71), to move the DX Coil and the ACCU closer together,
the system #1 capacity to size for is (70 x 0.57) 39.9 tons. or the pipe run will need to be re-routed and short-
System #2 would be calculated in the same manner. ened following practices outlined in this guide.
Design Data and Assumptions Suction Line Full Load Duty Selection
Procedure
The following offers the accumulated design data and
assumptions from the previous example pages. Note Continuing the R-22 example above as outlined in
that this is the required minimum information neces- the assumptions on page 72 and percent system split
sary for determining piping line sizing requirements. on page 71, make an initial system #1 suction line se-
lection using Table 23 on page 119 in the Appendix
Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #1 for (Also Table 10 on page 73 of this example).
R-410a Refrigerants noting that R-407c
refrigerants are very similar to R-22 as in Given the 39.9 actual tons in this example, the initial
this example. line size selection would suggest a 2-1/8” suction line
at the design 46° SST assumption, based on the short
equivalent feet run in this example. The initial line ca-
pacity per 100 equivalent feet of 2-1/8” pipe shows
Example Design Data/Assumptions 36.85 tons by interpolation.
• ACCU: R-22, YCUL0076EC, 70.0 tons @ full
load (System #1 is only addressed in this example) Condensing Temperature Correction
• 95°F ambient (the condensing temperature is typi- The 2-1/8” line size capacity is next corrected for the
cally about 25°F above the design ambient tem- actual 120°F condensing temperature noted in the as-
perature or about 120°F in this example. This is sumption example. The correction factor is selected
generally the same for other ACCU refrigerant from Table 11 on page 73 (i.e. 36.85 Table tons x
types . . . always verify if uncertain) 0.92 = 33.9 adj. tons).
• 46°F saturated suction temperature Equivalent Feet of Pipe Correction
• System #1 capacity of 39.9 tons In this example, the equivalent feet of pipe length from
• System #1 minimum capacity of 13.0 tons the following page shows 45.1 equivalent feet using the
2-1/8” suction line selected. This, along with the actual
• Arrangement - DX Coil below the ACCU ar-
tonnage will be used in calculating the final line loss.
rangement with lengths, traps and fittings count
as outlined in Figure 54 on page 70 and Figure Calculating Final Line Loss - Calculating the actual
55 on page 71) Δt line loss using the formula under note 4 of Table 10
on page 73 calculates to 1.2°F line loss (Loss from
Example Design Data – Computer Rating DX Coil to ACCU):
Not field available for R-22 and R-407c (Contact Ap- 1.8
plication Engineering).
∆t = Table∆t
Dealing with Excessive Line Lengths
In estimating the line size diameter it is important to note
that the “maximum” equivalent pipe length must not ex- 1.8
45.1 39.9
ceed a nominal 150 equivalent feet (100 equivalent feet Δt = 2
for YCAV or YCIV). Note also that any change in your 100 33.9
initial pipe diameter will vary the equivalent feet of pipe
for any fixed pipe length and trap/fitting count. Also, Δt = 1.2°F falls within the 2°F allowable line loss, and
when pipe run initial estimates exceed the maximum is best suited in this example. An initial check would
72 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
show going one size smaller at 1-5/8 would push the Δt Table 11 - SUCTION LINE CONDENSER TEM-
well over the design 2°F line loss to around 3.5°F and PERATURE CORRECTION FACTOR R-22
would create excessive suction line pressure losses and CONDENSING SUCTION DISCHARGE
a potential for low suction faults and reduced capacity. TEMPERATURE °F LINE LINE
80 1.12 0.82
1. This line loss is used to determine the required
90 1.07 0.89
suction temperature design of the DX Coil (i.e.
100 1.03 0.96
46°F @ ACCU + 1.2°F = 47.2°F SST DX Coil
Design. This line loss can also be used to deter- 110 0.97 1.03
mine the ACCU SST with a given DX Coil SST 120 0.92 1.10
(i.e. DX Coil °F SST – calculated line loss °F = °F 130 0.87 1.16
SST @ ACCU. 140 0.82 1.22
2. Reference PIPING EXAMPLE #1 for R-410a Re-

frigerants noting that R-407c refrigerants are very
similar to R-22 as in this example.
4
Table 10 - DETERMINE SUCTION LINE SIZE

CAPACITY IN TONS FOR R-22
Saturated Suction Temperature,
Line Size ºF - R-22
35 45 55
Type L Cooper ∆t = 2 ºF ∆t = 2 ºF ∆t = 2 ºF
OD Inches ∆p = 2.69 ∆p = 3.06 ∆p = 3.47
7/8 2.7 3.2 3.7
1 1/8 5.4 6.4 7.5 By interpolation 46°F SST = 36.85
1 3/8 9.3 11.1 13.1
1 5/8 14.8 17.5 20.7
2 1/8 30.5 36.2 42.7
1 5/8 53.8 63.9 75.2
3 1/8 85.7 101.6 119.7
NOTES:
1. ∆p = Pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet equiva-
lent length.
2. ∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure
drop, per 100 feet.
3. Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and equivalent
lengths Le.
∆
Line capacity = Table capacity
∆
4. Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent
lengths Le
∆t =Table ∆t
JOHNSON CONTROLS 73
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Suction Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation Suction Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation
Line Sizing (Diameter) is based on the total equivalent using 2 1/8” Diameter Pipe
feet of pipe run for each given suction line. Any change Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’
in the selected pipe size diameter will vary the equiv- Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet =
alent feet of pipe (See Figure 57 on page 74 losses
for various pipe diameters). So it is important to re-visit + 3.0’ [horizontally]
Table 10 on page 73 and Figure 57 on page 74 if + 5.2’ [(2) 45° Street fittings]
the line size diameter selection has changed. [~2.6 eq. feet /elbow*]
+ 5.0’ [(1) 90° Street fittings]
In this example the linear feet estimation and fittings [~5.0 eq. feet /elbow*]
BOM are outlined in Figure 55 on page 71 with + 9.9’ [(3) 90° Long radius elbows]
equivalent feet estimates tabulated below. [~3.3 eq. feet /elbow*]
Equivalent Feet of pipe is used in de-
termining the final line loss (Δt) on the
= 45.1’ Equivalent Feet Pipe Length
previous page 72, as well as to assure you
are within the maximum 150 equivalent Determining Pipe Fitting Loss
feet design criteria (100 EF for YCAV and From Figure 57 on page 74 tabulate the equivalent
YCIV product). feet loss for each fitting itemized (see left). Keep in
mind vertical suction “risers” in excess of 20’ must in-
Suction Line Equivalent Feet Review clude an intermediate trap at mid point, and if suction
In this example the Suction Line Equivalent Feet Esti- risers exceed 40’, always discuss with JCI Applica-
mation comes to 45.1 Equivalent Feet (Reference Page tion Engineering (or Include in Special Quotation in
74). YORKworks - SQ).
90°
° Std.a
90° Long 90°° ° Std.a
45° 45°° 180°
°
Radius b Streeta Streeta Std.a Through
Pipe or
Tube 1/2d
Size, in. d 3/4d d
3/8 1.4 0.9 2.3 0.7 1.1 2.3 2.7 0.9 1.2 1.4
1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.4 1.6
3/4 2.0 1.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 3.2 4.0 1.4 1.9 2.0
1 2.6 1.7 4.1 1.3 2.1 4.1 5.0 1.7 2.2 2.6
1-1/4 3.3 2.3 5.6 1.7 3.0 5.6 7.0 2.3 3.1 3.3
1-1/2 4.0 2.6 6.3 2.1 3.4 6.3 8.0 2.6 3.7 4.0
2 5.0 3.3 8.2 2.6 4.5 8.2 10.0 3.3 4.7 5.0
2-1/2 6.0 4.1 10.0 3.2 5.2 10.0 12.0 4.1 5.6 6.0
3 7.5 5.0 12.0 4.0 6.4 12.0 15.0 5.0 7.0 7.5
3-1/2 9.0 5.9 8.2 4.7 7.3 15.0 18.0 5.9 8.0 9.0
4 10.0 6.7 10.0 5.2 8.5 17.0 21.0 6.7 9.0 10.0
5 13.0 8.2 12.0 6.5 11.0 21.0 25.0 8.2 12.0 13.0
6 16.0 10.0 15.0 7.9 13.0 25.0 30.0 10.0 14.0 16.0
LD09160
Figure 57 - SUCTION PIPING FITTING LOSSES
74 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
When using Figure 57, note that the liquid condensing temperature. Our Design criteria/
tube size is listed as nominal. Always use assumptions on page xx show the liquid condensing
the size closest to the actual (i.e. Actual temperature to be 120°F.
2-1/8” would use a nominal 2” size as in
this example) We must now adjust for the actual liquid temperature
leaving the condenser. Using Table 12 on page 75
“Liquid Temperature, °F” chart/note, we find the cor-
Determining the Need for Double Suction rection value for 105°F liquid condensing temperature
Risers (120°F CT - 15°F sub cooling) to be 0.935 times the
Double suction risers are required where the turndown 7.7 = 7.2 ton minimum allowable turndown. With the
capacity of the ACCU system is less than the suction actual minimum load being 13 tons > the adjusted 7.2
line piping minimum refrigerant capacity for oil en- minimum, the need for double suction risers is not re-
trainment up a vertical riser, as outlined in the appen- quired in this example.
dix Table 29 on page 122 (also Table 12 on page 75 It should be noted here that over sizing a
in this example). suction line can lead to the possible need
In this continued example, referencing Table 9 on page
for double suction risers, keeping in mind 4
that any unnecessary piping is unwanted
69, "Physical Data" shows a minimum load for sys-
piping. While accepting a slightly higher
tem #1 at 13 tons. Using Table 12 on page 75, for
(say less than 10% higher than the 2.0°F
the 2-1/8” suction line selected in this example (with
target) °F suction line loss can possibly
46°F SST and 56°F Suction Gas Temp assuming 10°F
eliminate the need for double suction ris-
superheat at minimum load), use the value closest to
ers. You can also consider just downsizing
the 46°F SST of 40°F (in chart), with a suction gas
the vertical riser portion.
temperature of (40 + 10) 50°F. This offers a 7.7 nomi-
nal ton minimum allowable turndown based on a 90°F
Table 12 - MINIMUM REFRIGERANT CAPACITY IN TONS FOR OIL ENTRAINMENT UP SUCTION RISERS (TYPE
L COPPER TUBING)
SATURATION SUCTION PIPE O.D., IN.
1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4 7/ 8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS TEMP.,
AREA, IN2
TEMP., °F °F 0.233 0.348 0.484 0.825 1.256 1.780 3.094 4.770 6.812 9.213 11.97
-30 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.59 0.99 1.53 3.05 5.25 8.19 11.95 16.57
-40 -10 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.58 0.97 1.51 3.00 5.16 8.06 11.75 16.30
10 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.58 0.98 1.52 3.02 5.19 8.11 11.82 16.40
-10 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.39 0.76 1.28 1.97 3.94 6.77 10.57 15.41 21.38
-20 10 0.09 0.15 0.25 0.38 0.74 1.26 1.95 3.89 6.68 10.42 15.20 21.09
30 0.09 0.15 0.26 0.39 0.75 1.27 1.96 3.92 6.73 10.51 15.33 21.26
10 0.11 0.20 0.33 0.49 0.96 1.63 2.52 5.03 8.63 13.48 19.65 27.26
R-22 0 Correction30
Liquid 0.11 0.19
Factor: Based on the0.32 0.49 120°F
assumption 0.94 condensing
1.60 2.47 temperature
4.93 8.47 13.22 19.29 26.75
50 0.11 0.20 0.32 0.49 0.95 1.61 2.49 4.97 8.54 13.33 19.44 26.96
minus the normal design 15°F sub-cooling @ 95°F ambient = (120 - 15) = 105°F
30 0.14 0.25 0.41 0.62 1.20 2.03 3.15 6.28 10.78 16.84 24.56 34.06
Liquid Temperature. By interpolation the correction factor = 0.935 in this example.
20 50 0.14 0.24 0.40 0.61 1.19 2.01 3.11 6.21 10.66 16.65 24.28 33.68
70 0.14 0.24 0.40 0.61 1.19 2.01 3.11 6.20 10.65 16.63 24.25 33.64
50 0.17 0.30 0.50 0.76 1.48 2.49 3.86 7.70 13.22 20.64 30.11 41.76
40 70 0.17 0.30 0.49 0.74 1.45 2.45 3.78 7.55 12.96 20.24 29.52 40.94
90 0.17 0.30 0.49 0.74 1.45 2.45 3.78 7.55 12.97 20.26 29.54 40.98
Refrigeration capacity in tons is based on 90°F liquid temperature and superheat as indicated by the temperature in the table.
The saturated condensing and suction conditions are referenced to the dewpoint for R-407C. For other liquid line tempera-
tures, use correction factors to the capacity given in the table below.
REFRIGERANT
50 60 70 80 100 110 120 130 140
R-22 1.16 1.12 1.08 1.04 0.98 0.91 0.87 0.82 0.78
JOHNSON CONTROLS 75
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Double Suction Riser Design and Selection SELECTING LIQUID LINE

Practices
Liquid lines are less critical on oil return concerns,
When applying double suction line risers the combined given the oil readily mixes with the liquid refrigerant.
cross sectional area of the two risers should be similar However, line “size” has a greater impact on refrig-
to the cross sectional area of a correctly sized single erant volume in the system, and should be guarded
riser. against and not oversized. Oversized lines with greater
refrigerant volume can increase the potential for refrig-
erant leaks, along with unnecessary added refrigerant
cost. Sizing should generally be based on line loss not
Suction Line to exceeding about 1°F.
Compressor
Liquid Line Selection Procedure
A B
Continuing the R-22 example above as outlined in the
assumptions on page 72 and percent system split on
page 71, make an initial system #1 liquid line selection
Red. using Table 24 on page 119 in the Appendix (Also
Evap. Tee
shown in Table 13 on page 77 of this example).
45o Str. Given the total ACCU capacity of 70 tons (Reference
Ells
LD09061 page 72), and the percent split for system #1 of 57%
Figure 58 - DOUBLE SUCTION RISER (Reference Figure 56 on page 71), the system #1 ca-
pacity to size for is (70 x 0.57) 39.9 tons (Note – This
exercise has already been completed and can be refer-
As a rule of thumb, the smaller riser ‘A’ would be sized enced on page 72 of this guide under “Calculating the
to handle about 25% to 45% of the total area of the Final System Capacity”).
originally selected line size and ‘B’ the rest.
In reviewing Table 24 on page 119 in the Appendix
Offering a “Side” Example – Using Table 12 on page (or Table 13 on page 77) the initial line size selec-
75 (Also Table 29 on page 122 in the Appendix), tion would suggest a 1-1/8” liquid line, based on the
a 2-1/8” Main suction line would have a 3.094 Sq In shorter equivalent feet line length, at about a 1°F line
area. Selecting riser ‘A’ would suggest a 1-3/8” O.D. loss Δt. This initial selection must be reviewed at the
line with a 1.256 Sq In area, or roughly 41% of the actual equivalent line length, which follows.
2-1/8” Main. The larger ‘B’ would suggest a 1-5/8”
size with 1.780 Sq Inches. This would result in a 3.036
Sq In cross section area for ‘A’ and ‘B’.
The 1-3/8” and 1-5/8” double risers, with a total area of
3.036 square inches, would be acceptably close to the
2-1/8” (3.094 square inches) Main selected suction line
size and reflect a properly sized double suction riser.
76 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Table 13 - DISCHARGE AND LIQUID LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-22
LINE SIZE DISCHARGE LINES (∆t = 1 ºF, ∆p = 3.03 psi) LINE SIZE LIQUID LINES
TYPE L SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F TYPE L ∆t = 1°F

Vel. = 100 FPM
COPPER, OD 35 45 55 COPPER, OD ∆p = 3.03
1/2 0.85 0.86 0.87 1/2 2.4 3.7
5/8 1.6 1.6 1.6 5/8 3.8 7.0
3/4 2.7 2.7 2.8 3/4 5.7 12.0
7/8 4.2 4.2 4.3 7/8 8.0 18.6
1 1/8 8.4 8.6 8.7 1 1/8 13.6 37.8
1 3/8 14.7 14.9 15.1 1 3/8 20.7 66.1
1 5/8 23.2 23.5 23.8 1 5/8 29.3 104.7

2 1/8 48.0 48.6 49.2 2 1/8 51.0 217.5 4
2 5/8 84.7 85.8 86.8 2 5/8 78.7 385.0
3 1/8 135.0 136.7 138.3 3 1/8 112.3 615.0
3 5/8 200.3 202.8 205.2 3 5/8 151.8 914.6
4 1/8 282.1 285.6 289.0 4 1/8 197.4 1291.0
5 1/8 503.2 509.5 515.4 5 1/8 307.6 2309.0
6 1/8 807.2 807.3 826.9 6 1/8 442.2 3714.0
NOTES:
∆p = Pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet
equivalent length.
∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to
Liquid Line Piping Equivalent Feet Estimation
pressure drop, per °F per 100 feet.
Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and Line Sizing (Diameter) is based on the total equiva-
equivalent lengths Le. lent feet of pipe run for each given liquid line. Any
Line capacity = Table capacity change in the selected pipe size diameter will vary the
∆ equivalent feet of pipe (See Figure 57 on page 74
∆
losses for various pipe diameters). So it is important
to re-visit Figure 57 on page 74 and the “Calculat-
Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent ing Final Liquid Line Loss” on page 79 if the line size
lengths Le diameter has changed.
∆t =Table ∆t
In this example the linear feet estimation and fittings
BOM are outlined in Figure 55 on page 71 with
equivalent feet estimates tabulated as follows.
Equivalent Feet of pipe is used in de-
termining the final line loss as outlined
below, as well as to assure you are within
the maximum 150 equivalent feet design
criteria (100 equivalent feet on YCAV and
YCIV product).
JOHNSON CONTROLS 77
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Liquid Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation Determining Pipe Fitting Loss

using 1-1/8” Diameter Pipe From Figure 59 on page 78 tabulate the equivalent
Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’ feet loss for each fitting itemized. Keep in mind verti-
Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet = cal liquid “risers” must not exceed the maximum dis-
tances outlined in Table 1 on page 44 of this guide.
+ 3.0’ [horizontally] When risers exceed these values, always discuss with
+ 3.4’ [(2) 90° Long radius elbows] JCI Application Engineering.
When closest to the actual size is split as in
this case, always use the larger line loss.
= 28.4’ → say 29’ equivalent
When using Figure 59, note that the tube

size is listed as nominal. Always use the
size closest to the actual (i.e. Actual 1-1/8”
would use a nominal 1–1/4” size as in this
example).
90°
° Std.a
90° Long b 90°° ° Std.a
45° 45°° 180°
°
Radius Streeta Streeta Std.a Through
Pipe or
Tube 1/2d
Size, in. d 3/4d d
3/8 1.4 0.9 2.3 0.7 1.1 2.3 2.7 0.9 1.2 1.4
1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.4 1.6
3/4 2.0 1.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 3.2 4.0 1.4 1.9 2.0
1 2.6 1.7 4.1 1.3 2.1 4.1 5.0 1.7 2.2 2.6
1-1/4 3.3 2.3 5.6 1.7 3.0 5.6 7.0 2.3 3.1 3.3
1-1/2 4.0 2.6 6.3 2.1 3.4 6.3 8.0 2.6 3.7 4.0
2 5.0 3.3 8.2 2.6 4.5 8.2 10.0 3.3 4.7 5.0
2-1/2 6.0 4.1 10.0 3.2 5.2 10.0 12.0 4.1 5.6 6.0
3 7.5 5.0 12.0 4.0 6.4 12.0 15.0 5.0 7.0 7.5
3-1/2 9.0 5.9 8.2 4.7 7.3 15.0 18.0 5.9 8.0 9.0
4 10.0 6.7 10.0 5.2 8.5 17.0 21.0 6.7 9.0 10.0
5 13.0 8.2 12.0 6.5 11.0 21.0 25.0 8.2 12.0 13.0
6 16.0 10.0 15.0 7.9 13.0 25.0 30.0 10.0 14.0 16.0
LD09160
Figure 59 - LIQUID PIPING FITTING LOSSES
78 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Calculating Final Liquid Line Loss When applying HGBP to both systems,
Calculating the actual Δt line loss using the formula keep in mind that System #2 may have a
under Δt of Table 13 on page 77 calculates to 0.33°F different compressor capacity as in this
line loss and approximates the 1.0°F design loss and example of a nominal 10 tons as refer-
validates the selection (See following): enced in Table 9.

R-410a Refrigerant. Equivalent Feet
In determining the HGBP line size, you will need to
tabulate the equivalent feet of pipe run. The equiva-
lent feet of pipe is determined in the same manner as
the suction and liquid line (Reference page 74 and 78
1.8 examples).
∆t = Table∆t In this example we will base the HGBP line arrange-
ment, lengths and fittings with the same length values
as the liquid line (Same 1-1/8” line lengths and fittings
4
1.8 assumed). Referencing Table 14 on page 80 <50’,
30 39.9 an initial line size selection would suggest a 1-1/8” line
Δt = 1
100 37.8 size, based on the short run. Equivalent feet tabulation
would be as follows:
Δt = 0.33°F which is close to the 1°F design Liquid Piping Equivalent Feet Tabulation
A quick check shows a smaller 7/8” line would consid- using 1-1/8” Diameter Pipe
erably exceed the nominal 1° Design standard. Linear Length Feet = 3’ + 12’ + 10’ = 25’
Total Estimated Equivalent Length Feet =
Determining “Optional” Hot Gas Bypass
(HGBP) Line Size + 3.0’ [horizontally]
Reference the Sales Engineering Guide Physical Data + 4.6’ [(2) 90° Long radius elbows]
sheet (See Table 9 on page 69, "Physical Data"). Re- [~2.3 eq. feet /elbow*]
view the minimum part load rating data, capacity tons. + 12.0’ [vertically]
Typically compressors 6, 5, and 4 are for = 29.6’ → say 30’ equivalent
system #2 and compressors 3, 2, and 1
are for system #1. (Respective to the de- Figure 60 offers the same Line Size Rec-
clining Part Load Rating Data shown in ommendations as Table 14, except in Line
YORKworks . . “if available”). Also note Chart Form.
that typically the larger compressor is on
system #1, but always verify through the
IOM or the in-place ACCU. This example
uses the Sales Engineering Guide.
Referencing Table 9 on page 69, "Physical Data",

YCUL0076 style C with R-22 refrigerant having
HGBP on system #1 shows a 13 ton minimum com-
pressor load rating. This is the tonnage used in select-
ing the HGBP line size in Table 14 on page 80 or
Figure 60 on page 80.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 79
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Table 14 - HGBP LINE SIZE RECOMMENDATIONS

R-22 and (R-407c) - MAX TONS, R-410a - MAX TONS,
LINE SIZE (TYPE "L"
REFRIGERATE GRADE)
150 EF 50 EF 150 EF 50 EF
3/4 2.6 4.7 4.0 7.4
7/8 3.9 7.1 6.2 11.4
1 - 1/8" 7.9 14.4 12.6 23.0
1 - 3/8" 13.7 25.1 21.8 40.0
1 - 5/8" 21.7 39.6 34.5 63.1
2 - 1/8" 44.9 82.1 71.1 130.2
LD16017
Figure 60 - HGBP LINE SIZE RECOMMENDATIONS LINE GRAPHS FOR R-22, R-407C AND R-410A
Determining Final HGBP Line Sizing 80 allows a more detailed view of the selection.
Given the design of 30 equivalent feet (EF) of HGBP Looking at 13.0 tons @ 30 EF plots a point between
pipe run, and the minimum turndown capacity of 13.0 a 7/8” line size and a 1-1/8”. Given the minimum tons
tons, determine from either Table 14 on page 80 or are offered as 100% of the minimum turndown com-
Figure 60 on page 80 the best line size using R-22. pressor, the selection is somewhat conservative and
would suggest the closer of the two curves. In this case
Using Table 14 on page 80 would suggest an ini- the final HGBP selection would suggest a 1-1/8” line
tial selection of 1-1/8”. Referencing Figure 60 on page size as the best selection.
80 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Setting the System Operating Charge Calculating the Weigh-in Charge

Determining the correct operating charge is important The “initial” weigh-in charge for a split system con-
in preventing excessive head pressures if overcharged sists of three areas of review:
or low suction faults if undercharged. Either situation
can produce issues in terms of system faults as well as 1. ACCU Refrigerant Charge
compressor wear and tear in the form of liquid slug- 2. Evaporator Coil Refrigerant Charge
ging or high temperatures if overcharged, or poor mo-
tor cooling and loss of capacity if undercharged. 3. Split System Line Charges
When charging a system it is important to note that the ACCU Refrigerant Charge
charge is best executed on a “design ambient” day. The ACCU refrigerant charge can be taken directly
from the IOM under “Physical Data” (Reference Fig-
When “initially” charging a split system, best practice
ure 61 on page 82). As a rule of thumb, each sys-
is to first weigh in the charge estimate, keeping in mind
tem condenser coil(s) can hold a pump down charge
this is only an estimate and is the first step. Once the cor-
of approximately 1.5 times the “operating” charge
rect charge is weighed in, a nominal 15°F sub-cooling
catalogued for the condenser coil system (Reference
(Always review target sub-cooling value specified in
Figure 61 on page 82).
IOM) at the condenser coil outlet must be measured
(nominal 10°F on YCAV and YCIV Product). Special It is important to note here that the place- 4
note here is the sub-cooling must also be accompanied ment of the Liquid Line Solenoid valve is
by a “clear liquid line site glass”. Increasing the sub- critical and must be located at the evapo-
cooling a few degrees may be required to clear the rator, close to the TXV’s. This location
glass (again, on a design ambient day). allows the refrigerant charge to be stored
in the Liquid Line as well as the ACCU
Non-Design Ambient Days - On non-design ambient during pumpdown.
days, some degree of innovativeness must be exer-
cised. Keep in mind that the lower the ambient from
design, the higher the sub-cooling (i.e. a properly
charged system of say 17°F sub-cooling at 95°F Am-
bient, might reflect 28°F~ sub-cooling when at 50°F
ambient as an example). It should also be noted in the
Service Log that this charge should be reviewed again
at some closer design ambient (i.e. within 10°F of the
design ambient).
A packaged system with an apparent low charge should
not have the charge removed and re-weighed as a norm.
When charging a system it should be not-
ed that the initial charge before running a
compressor should be at least 80% of the
final design charge (Running a compres-
sor with a system under 80% can damage
the compressor due to inadequate cooling
and poor oil return). Also keep in mind,
initial overcharging is also detrimental to
the compressor.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 81
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
LD16012
Figure 61 - ACCU REFRIGERANT CHARGE
Evaporator Coil Refrigerant Charge In replicating the Evaporator Coil selection in York-
The DX Coil evaporator charge is only a rough weight Works “Loose Coils” to acquire the estimated Re-
estimate. This weight can vary depending on load, etc. frigerant Charge, reference the selection under “Fluid
The weight estimate can be acquired through York- Weight” as indicated in Figure 62 on page 83. Note
Works (See Figure 62 on page 83) or by estimating that the Loose Coil run shows the refrigerant “Fluid
the coil volume in cubic feet and applying the follow- Wt.” per coil. In this example you must multiply the
ing calculation: Fluid Wt. times the total number of coils. Once you
determine the total Evaporator Coil(s) weight you must
1. [Estimated Refrigerant Weight = Coil Vol. Cu. Ft. multiply it times the System #1 % Split as shown in
calculated x 20% x “Constant” 78 (Refrigerant Figure 62 on page 83:
Density/Cu Ft~)]
2. [This example would calculate [1.37 Cu. Ft. “Fig As in this example some systems (Or cir-
62” x 0.20 x 78 = 21.37 lbs Refrigerant Charge cuits) have uneven splits. When splitting
estimate per coil] x 2 Coils = 42.7 lbs total Evapo- the charge per the number of systems,
rator Coil(s) charge] always factor the percent split (i.e. 50/50;
55/45; 60/40, etc.).
3. [(Multiply the % Split x Total calculated charge =
charge per system) = 42.7 x 55% = 23.5 lbs charge
for System #1]. This may vary somewhat from
YORKworks, but again is an estimate.
82 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
(Rounded) Fluid Wt = 18 lbs/Coil

X 2 Coils
Total Refrig. Charge = 36 lbs
Noted Split/Coil = Sys#1 @ 55%
Charge Sys#1=36 lb x 55% = 19.8 lb
4
2 Systems (Circuits)
With 55/45 Split
LD16011
Figure 62 - EVAPORATOR COIL CHARGE ESTIMATE (YORKWORKS)
Split System Line Charges Liquid Line Charge Requirements – Referencing

Split-System Line Charge requirements are based on Figure 47 on page 57 in Example #1 of this Guide
the “linear” feet of pipe run for the: totals 25 “linear” feet of pipe run, and Table 7 on page
64 shows a 7/8” liquid line selected. From Table 15
1. Liquid Line on page 84 (also Appendix Table 36 on page 125 of
this guide) we see 20.09 lbs refrigerant at 110°F Satu-
2. Suction Line
rated Discharge Temperature (110°F is generally used
This example is based on the R-410a refrigerant sys- as the mid range keeping in mind that saturated dis-
tem “Example #1” of this guide. Note that selection charge temperatures/pressures can and will vary based
procedures would be the same for other refrigerants us- on the ACCU’s control/operating range). Also note
ing the appropriate refrigerant table appendix found in that this charge is based on 100 Ft of piping and must
the back of this guide. be corrected for actual lengths (to follow).
JOHNSON CONTROLS 83
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Table 15 - REFRIGERANT CHARGE IN POUNDS PER 100 FEET OF LIQUID LINE
LINE SATURATED DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE, F

SIZE, R-22 R-407C R-410A
OD 80 110 140 80 110 140 80 110 140
1/2 7.47 7.03 6.50 7.11 6.64 6.11 6.63 6.03 5.19
5/8 12.01 11.29 10.44 11.42 10.67 9.81 10.66 9.68 8.34
3/4 17.93 16.86 15.59 17.05 15.93 14.65 15.91 14.46 12.45
7/8 24.91 23.42 21.66 23.69 22.14 20.35 22.11 20.09 17.30
Suction Line Charge Requirements lengths as outlined in Example 1, Figure 45 on page

Referencing Figure 46 on page 57 in Example #1 56 and Figure 46 on page 57 outlined as follows:
of this Guide totals 25 “linear” feet of pipe run, and • Liquid Line has 25 feet of pipe run (Excluding fit-
Table 4 on page 60 lists a 1-5/8” suction line. From tings – Not applicable)
Table 16 on page 84 (Also Appendix Table 34 on
page 125 of this guide) we see 2.72 lbs refrigerant at • Suction Line has 25 feet of pipe run (Excluding
40°F Saturated Suction Temperature (40°F is generally fittings – Not applicable)
used where comfort cooling is the design, keeping in
Corrections Applied
mind that saturated suction temperatures and pressures
can and will vary based on the ACCU’s control/operat- Liquid Line = (20.09 LBS)(25’/100’) = 5.03 LBS/
ing range). Also note that this charge is based on 100 System (Circuit)
Ft of piping and must be corrected for actual lengths
Suction Line = (2.72 LBS)(25’/100’) = 0.68 LBS/
(To follow).
System (Circuit)
Liquid and Suction Line Charge Corrections Total Refrigerant Line Operating Charge = 5.71 LBS/
Given the above liquid and suction line charge esti- System (Circuit)
mates at 100 feet, we must now correct for the actual
Table 16 - REFRIGERANT CHARGE IN POUNDS PER 100 FEET OF SUCTION LINE
LINE SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, F

SIZE, R-22 R-407C R-410A
OD -40 0 40 -40 0 40 -40 0 40
1/2 0.03 0.07 0.15 0.02 0.06 0.14 0.05 0.11 0.23
5/8 0.05 0.12 0.25 0.04 0.10 0.22 0.07 0.17 0.36
3/4 0.07 0.18 0.37 0.06 0.15 0.33 0.11 0.25 0.53
7/8 0.10 0.24 0.51 0.08 0.21 0.46 0.15 0.35 0.74
1-1/8 1.17 0.42 0.87 0.14 0.36 0.79 0.25 0.60 1.26
1-3/8 0.26 0.64 1.33 0.21 0.55 1.20 0.38 0.92 1.92
1-5/8 0.37 0.90 1.88 0.30 0.78 1.70 0.54 1.30 2.72
84 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Summary: Step #1 Charge Estimates • Step #2 – Set the Sub-Cooling (Always review
(Weigh-in Charge) target sub-cooling value specified in IOM) at a
nominal 15°F - 17°F~ (nominal 10°F on YCAV/
System #1 Summary:
YCIV Product).
65.00 Lb 410a - ACCU (Figure 61)
a. Sub-cooling should be reviewed at the con-
19.80 Lb 410a - DX Coil (Evap)
denser coil outlet at the liquid line service
5.71 Lb 410a - Split-System Piping
valve (except YCAV/YCIV).
90.51 Lb 410a Total Weigh-in Charge
b. YCAV/YCIV’s with “remote evaporators”
System #2 Summary: or with “packaged evaporators” require Sub-
65.00 Lb 410a - ACCU (Figure 61) cooling to be measured at or close to the
16.20 Lb 410a - DX Coil (Evap)* flash tank.
5.71 Lb 410a - Split-System Piping • Step #3 – Clear the Sight Glass with a solid col-
86.91 Lb 410a Total Weigh-in Charge umn of liquid (basically add charge to raise the
sub-cooling number until glass is clear). DO NOT
*DX Coil Total Charge of 36 lbs – System #1 OVER CHARGE!
charge of 19.8 lbs = Sys #2 Charge of 16.2 lbs
This is the approximate operating charge ACCU Pumpdown Holding Charge Capability 4
which is estimated for the system. The Review
system should never be started with less Pumpdown capacity of a system is important in re-
than 80% of the operating charge in the moving the refrigerant from the low side of the system
system. Following the weigh-in charge and store it on the high side between the compressor
estimate, it is essential to then “Trim” to (As applicable, against the Internal Check Valve on
the final system operating charge. Scrolls), up to the LLSV at the DX Coil (The impor-
tance of the LLSV being located at the DX Coil is to
Trimming the Charge utilize the liquid line for pump down storage).
Trimming the charge should be performed on a design Pumpdown minimizes migration of the liquid refrig-
ambient day with all condenser fans running, at normal erant into the compressor and/or unwanted storage in
head pressures, and the “system” fully loaded. the suction line during the off cycle. Failure to provide
proper pump down storage can result in refrigerant
Being as much as 10°F below design ambient is ac-
liquid slugging and bearing lubrication washout at the
ceptable, but it is important to note that a “lower ambi-
compressor.
ent” means “higher” sub-cooling numbers (i.e. If a sys-
tem is “correctly” charged on a design day of say 16°F Generally, most if not all split-systems piped with the
sub-cooling, then at 10°F below this ambient the sub- above understanding have sufficient high side pump
cooling value may read some higher number). Some down capability. Those that don’t follow piping guide-
innovativeness is required on the part of the Technician lines outlined herein, or where oversized evaporator
to produce meaningful numbers, and ultimately a cor- coils come into play, may not have sufficient pump
rect charge. down capability and may require correcting the piping
arrangement and/or adding liquid refrigerant receiver
Following Step #1 (Weigh-in Charge), it is essential
(always consult with Application Engineering on Liq-
now to trim the charge using steps #2 and #3:
uid Refrigerant Receivers).
JOHNSON CONTROLS 85
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
Pumpdown Requirements for Example #1 a 5% factor for return bends and headers, and then ap-
using R-410a Refrigerant plying the refrigerant density/cu ft. The above example
Rule of Thumb Selection - The YCUL0072EE46 total calculates to 0.811 cu ft per coil times 2 coils/system =
system #1 operating and pump-down charge is 90.51 1.622 cu ft per system x 79.79 refrigerant density for
lbs (see Step #1 above). As a rule of thumb, each sys- R-410a = 129 lb refrigerant. A typical condenser can
tem condenser coil(s) can hold a pump down charge only hold 70% of the required charge (allowing 20%
of 1.5 times the “operating” charge catalogued for the for refrigerant gas and 10% for safety margin). This
condenser coil system (see design data Engineering closer review shows an available pumpdown volume
Guide or IOM). For this YCUL example, the operating of 90 lbs (129 x 70%) which will easily hold the 86 lbs
charge catalogued is 65 lb as noted in step #1 above. adjusted charge (again, discounting liquid line charge).
Using the rule-of-thumb of 65 lb x 1.5 allows a holding Obviously acquiring the correct rows, tube diameter,
charge estimate of 98 Lb. Given the proper piping prac- wall thickness, tube lengths and tube quantities is
tice of locating the LLSV at the Evaporator Coil, which cumbersome and not an easy undertaking and would
provides adequate pumpdown storage of the liquid line require “factory” review by your Sales/Marketing Ap-
charge, adjusts the pumpdown volume necessary to 86 plication Engineering support group.
lb (65 ACCU + 19.8 Coil + 1.2 Suction Line). The 86
lb is well within the available 98 lb estimate providing The following offers an example for calculating the
adequate pumpdown capacity. suggested maximum refrigerant pumpdown as out-
lined above. In this example, there are two coils, so the
Calculated Selection - A closer estimate of condenser total refrigerant pumpdown volume is approximately
coil charge holding capability would entail calculating 90 lbs (45.29 x 2 coils):
the total condenser coil tube volume in cubic feet plus
Refrigerant Charge Available in Condenser Coil for Pumpdown
Example:
Solve for Cubic Inches – Example: 3/8" copper tube with .014" tube wall x 98" long x 144 tubes
Solve R = 0.375" – (.014" x 2) = 0.347" Inside diameter/2 = 0.1735" Radius
A = πr2 x Coil Tube Length x # of Tubes x Return Bend Add-on Factor
A = 3.1416 x 0.17352 x 98" x 144 tubes = 1334.56 cubic inches x 1.05 Return Bend Factor = 1401.28
Cubic Inches to Cubic Feet = cubic inches ÷ 1728 = 1401.28 ÷ 1728 = 0.811 cubic feet
R-410a Refrigerant Density @ 40°F = 79.79 lb/ft3 (R-22 = 79.05; R134a = 79.90)
Ref. Wt Cond. Coil Can Hold = 79.79 x 0.811 Cubic Foot = 64.71 lb Refrigerant x 70% = 45.29 lb Ref PD/Coil
86 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
AIR HANDLING UNIT DX COIL Install a trapped condensate drain line at unit drain
CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING connection (See Figure 64 on page 87) according to
all governing codes. “H” dimension must be at least
The majority of cooling coils are located in the air han-
1/2 inch greater than negative pressure (I.W.G.) in unit
dling units so that the supply air is drawn through them.
drain pan. To determine “H” dimension, first deter-
This results in the condensate being subjected to nega-
mine the negative static pressure in the unit. Always
tive (-) static pressure. Unless some means of pressure
assume the worst conditions, such as dirty filters in the
equalization is provided in the condensate drain, the
return air circuit to fan.
air rushing back through the drain pipe will cause the
condensate to build up in the drain pan.
As the unit continues to operate, the accumulated wa-
ter will be carried with the air stream, overfilling the
drain pan causing possible water leaks into the supply
duct and/or causing water damage in the building. A
trap must be installed to prevent this condensate water
build-up. (See Figure 63 on page 87 and Figure 64
on page 87) On initial startup, it may be necessary
to fill the trap manually or, after the unit has operated 4
sufficiently for a small amount of condensate to col-
lect in the drain pan, turn off the unit, and the trap will
LD06343
automatically fill.
Figure 64 - DRAIN TRAP PIPING FOR DRAW-
THROUGH UNIT
Example:
Negative Static Pressure = 5.5”
Minimum of 1/2” = 0.5”
“H” Dimension = 6.0”
LD06342-3
Figure 63 - DRAIN TRAP WATER LOCATION

DURING DRAW THROUGH OPERATION LD06344-4
Figure 65 - DRAIN TRAP PIPING FOR BLOW-

THROUGH UNIT (POSITIVE PRESSURE IN UNIT)
JOHNSON CONTROLS 87
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 4 - PIPING
For blow-thru units, the same principles apply, but the

leaving pipe must be as shown in Figure 65 on page
87 for proper trap design for blow-thru unit. Deter-
mine design negative static pressure. This pressure is
not the same as fan total pressure, which includes pres-
sure losses downstream as well as upstream from the
indoor-air fan. Always assume the worst conditions are
possible (such as having return-air filters clogged with
dirt) and add 1 inch as a safety factor. Two drains on
LD06345-2
same side of unit must be trapped individually before
Figure 66 - COMBINING DRAIN LINES
drain lines can be combined and routed to a suitable
drain. (See Figure 66 on page 88)
If a drain connection is not used, then it must be capped.
This only applies to the continuous drain pan configu-
ration with a drain connection on each side. Main coil
drain pans and all auxiliary floor drain pans in the unit
must be properly trapped and charged with water be-
fore the units are started.
88 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 5 - CONTROLS
CAPACITY CONTROL APPROACHES VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SYSTEM

Owners and engineers want comfort and stable con- Single or Two Stage (Single System or Dual Sys-
trol from today’s VAV and constant volume systems. tem) Return Air, Space, or Supply Air Temperature
A combination of an outdoor air economizer and me- Thermostats with ACCU Suction Pressure Capac-
chanical cooling typically satisfies the building’s com- ity Control.
fort cooling requirements. ASHRAE Standard 90.1
details, when an outdoor air economizer is required Variable air volume systems should be controlled
based on climate and unit capacity. In some cases, it based on a single or dual stage space, return, or supply
is necessary to integrate the economizer and mechani- air temperature thermostats where possible, pending
cal cooling controls, so that the single or dual systems determination of the application requirements. This
can operate simultaneously. When this is done, hot gas form of suction pressure control provides for a more
bypass must be used to add load. stable method of operation. The air sensor should be
placed in the space where temperatures change slow-
Temperature reset is not available when ly and stratified air is not a problem. This is an ideal
using suction pressure control. method of control due to being buffered by the load on
the system. It is also suited to a system that has a lim-
ited number of steps of capacity. This will provide for
minimum compressor cycling, high system stability,
and good comfort control. Discharge air temperature
Many performance and equipment problems can result (DAT) control is the alternate means of control and is
if careful attention is not paid to the design and op- suggested to be limited to systems providing uniform 5
eration of such a system. The ideal control approach and stable discharge air temperatures. DAT is not a rec-
depends upon the system design. The following re- ommended practice if the discharge air sensor senses
views the typical approaches using variable air volume excessive stratified air temperatures, or where conden-
(VAV) and constant volume systems. Other systems, sate can form on the sensor. DAT, when misapplied,
such as the FlexSys underfloor system, have unique may lead to system and ACCU instability problems.
design requirements and control strategies; therefore,
please contact the Application Engineering for the best The use of a single, or two-stage thermostat (or two sin-
design practices for these systems. gle stage thermostats) is required to energize the con-
densing unit refrigerant circuits, based on the return,
When using discharge temperature (sup- space, or supply air temperature. If a return duct air
ply air temperature) control, never remove temperature thermostat is used, it should be mounted
the discharge air temp sensor and replace in the return air ductwork and should have a range of
it with a field supplied signal. Failure to 70°F to 80°F. The appropriate thermostat(s) should be
follow these guidelines will void the war- wired into system(s) as indicated in Figure 67 on page
ranty. 90 (2-stage example shown). This control scheme
Compressors must always be cycled by the must be used in conjunction with the suction pressure
condensing unit microprocessor control- control of the ACCU.
ler. Never remove total compressor control
from the microprocessor. Failure to follow
these guidelines will void the warranty.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 89
FORM 050.40-ES3
the programmed control range, satisfying the cooling

requirements.
13 Airflow Proving Switch
CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEM
System #1
14 Zone Thermostat
System #2
Supply Air Temperature Control
16 Zone Thermostat
For the constant volume system, a supply discharge air
temperature (DAT) sensor can be mounted in the sup-
ply air duct. The farther down the duct the air tempera-
Above on older 031-02050-000 Control Boards ture is sensed, the better the air mix and the more stable
the control. The most common problem, which can re-
sult from mounting the temperature sensor on or near
the coil, is air stratification. The instability caused by
13
air stratification and poorly mixed air can cause com-
System #1 pressor cycling and compressor lubrication problems.
51 Zone Thermostat
System #2 Constant volume systems can be used for comfort
50 Zone Thermostat
cooling applications where the building load tends
to change gradually and where slight air variations
are satisfactory. The DAT control range programmed
Above on newer 031-02550-000 Control Boards should have a wide enough range to prevent compres-
LD09163
sor cycling.
Figure 67 - SUCTION PRESSURE CONTROL
WIRING
ACCU Discharge Temperature Control
ACCU Suction Pressure Control A DAT sensor is shipped loose with the ACCU for field
mounting and wiring. The DAT sensor does a good job,
The ACCU will respond to the thermostats call for cool- but improper mounting can result in unstable system
ing, after an airflow proving switch is closed (see Fig- loading and unloading. Wiring between the DAT sen-
ure 67 on page 90). When the suction pressure con- sor and the ACCU (Figure 68 on page 90) is the re-
trol is used, the ACCU must be equipped with suction sponsibility of others in the field using shielded cable
pressure (SP) transducers. When using suction pressure (e.g. Quabbin 930421-2 or equivalent).
control, the goal is to maintain the coil temperature in
a stable temperature band by cycling compressors by
suction pressure. If the coil temperature is maintained Pins with 031-02550-000 Board
within a certain range, other system components such BLK
6 8
as dampers, inverters, vanes, etc., should be controlled Discharge Air
Temp. Sensor RED J6
to fine tune the system 9 5
3 2
The SP set point and range must be field programmed DRAIN
into the microprocessor. The SP set point is the pres- Pins with 031-02050-000 Board
sure that corresponds to the adjusted ACCU-DX coil LD09164
balance saturated suction temperature (SST), after con- Figure 68 - DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
sidering the suction line penalty. The condensing unit CONTROL WIRING
then loads and unloads to maintain the suction pressure
within the programmed control range.
ACCU Constant Volume Utilizing Suction
When the space temperature is above the set-point, one Pressure Control
or both of the thermostats close signaling one or both Suction pressure control is also a viable control ap-
of the refrigerant circuits that cooling is needed, giv- proach for constant volume systems, noting that this
ing the circuit(s) the command to operate. With warm approach does not allow temperature reset. This ap-
air flowing across the DX coil, the suction pressure is proach does allow either room, return air, or supply air
above the SP control range. As successive steps of cool- enabling as outlined under Variable Air Volume System
ing are energized the suction pressure will fall within on Page 89
90 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
ECONOMIZER OPERATION The remote unit start-stop allows for connection to ex-
ternal devices. Compressors or systems should never
The following applies to both variable air volume and
be repeatedly cycled off and on using cycling contacts.
constant volume systems.
Excessive cycling may cause lubrication problems in
The building system controls should incorporate an the compressors resulting from insufficient run time.
outside air temperature or enthalpy sensor (an enthalpy The same logic should be applied when using a BAS
sensor allows use of the lowest load air which can save system. The same logic should be applied when using
energy for the customer) to sequence economizer or a BAS system that talks directly to the microprocessor,
mechanical cooling operation. ASHRAE 90.1 requires using the RS485 port.
that mechanical cooling be available, while the econo-
Additionally, condensing unit dry contacts are avail-
mizer is operating above 25% system load. The econo-
able, as standard, for compressor run indication and
mizer can and should be locked out when the ACCU
unit alarm identification. (Note that alarm contacts
mechanical cooling system load drops to 25% or low-
"OPEN" on a fault).
er. This is to prevent coil frosting and liquid slugging
at the lowest step of compressor unloading (4, 5 or 6 REMOTE SETPOINT RESET
compressor units only).
If remote set point reset is utilized with ACCU dis-
When incorporating economizer operation, the hot gas charge air temperature control, do not reset the set point
bypass valve(s) on the ACCU condensing units should repeatedly to control temperature. Using this method
be energized during all steps of loading. This will re- may cause excessive cycling of the compressors. Com-
duce compressor cycling and allow the TXV to control pressor cycling with very short run periods can cause
satisfactorily at reduced cooling loads on the DX coil. compressors to fail due to lack of lubrication.
EXTERNAL BAS AND OTHER CONTROL The rule to follow is to adjust the control of dampers, 5
INTERFACES fans, vanes, etc., and not the ACCU set point to control
air temperature. If remote set point is utilized, it should
Dry contacts can be wired in series with the zone input
be used to adjust capacity as a result of load changes,
thermostats (Figure 67 on page 90) to permit remote
which may occur as building occupancy changes. Re-
control from a separate building automation system, if
mote set point reset is also commonly used for night
desired.
or weekend setback. These are examples of occasional
If remote unit start-stop is desired, a separate set of changes, which are typically used for temperature re-
dry contacts can be wired in series with the air-proving set.
switch (Figure 67 on page 90) in the condensing
unit. ACCU Condensing Unit Ambient Control
On newer 031-02550-000 Control Boards The standard units are designed to operate in out-
utilizing DAT control, there is a separate door ambient temperatures of 25°F (-3.9°C) to 115°F
run permissive provision (Start-stop) (46.1°C). When the ACCU operates with an econo-
between terminals 13 and 51 that must mizer system, experience suggests that the low ambi-
be utilized in lieu of “in series with the ent control should be programmed to the 40 F to 45
Flow Switch”. F range. Extremely low loads will cause refrigerant
control and compressor cycling problems. (See the
An air-proving switch is required to confirm that suf- Hot Gas Bypass on Page 98 in SECTION 3 - COIL
ficient air is flowing across the DX coil, whether at the SELECTION/CONFIGURATION) For those applica-
full load design CFM or the minimum allowable CFM tions where these units can operate below 25°F or with
for the selected coil in VAV applications. Enough air economizer systems below the 40 F outdoor range, the
must flow over the coil at the minimum condition to ACCU must include the optional low ambient kit. For
assure that there is no liquid refrigerant carry-over to operation above 115°F, the optional high ambient kit is
the compressor, which will cause potential mechanical needed for operation up to 125°F.
wear and compressor failure.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 91
FORM 050.40-ES3
92 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 6 - NECESSARY COMPONENTS
THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE (TXV) • pressure drop in the liquid line and the liquid line
components
The sizing and application of the TXV is crucial to the
operation of the system. Incorrect sizing could allow The refrigerant type (i.e. 410a, R-22, R-407C, etc.) can
liquid over feeding and subsequent compressor fail- usually be found on the job schedule or in the specifi-
ures. Each TXV should be sized for the maximum load cation. The DX coil capacity and saturated evaporating
of the coil it is feeding. This does not mean that the temperature should be taken from the coil selection (re-
TXV must have a nominal capacity greater than the member, one TXV is used per distributor). The liquid
maximum load. A valve with a lower nominal capacity temperature at the inlet of the TXV can be calculated
could be selected because typically TXV’s are capable starting with the design ambient temperature. If the de-
of providing 15% more capacity than the rated value. sign ambient temperature isn't available, the ambient
For example, if a coil has a design cooling load of 31.2 temperature can be estimated using the climate data
TR, a nominal 30 or 40 TR valve might be considered. found in Chapter 27 of the ASHRAE Fundamentals
In this case a nominal 30 TR valve could be a better Handbook (use the 1% Cooling DB/MWB temperature
selection. for the city closest to the jobsite). The pressure drop in
the liquid line and the liquid line components should
If two distributors are applied to one refrigerant circuit, be calculated, or at least estimated with the greatest ac-
the TXV should be sized to match the capacity of the curacy possible.
evaporator coil and distributor that it feeds. Taking the
example above, if a condensing unit circuit of 31.2 TR Example
supplied two evaporator coils with equal capacity, each
TXV should be sized for 15.6 TR. Each coil would re- Size a R-22 thermostatic expansion valve for each cir-
quire a distributor and each distributor requires its own cuit of a YCUL0076EC condensing unit. For this ex-
TXV. ample:
An important factor in valve selection is the amount of • Each of the two evaporating coils has a design
capacity reduction available on the system. Typically, saturated evaporating temperature of 47°F (ETP).
the minimum capacity at which a TXV can maintain • The design ambient outside air temperature is 95°F 6
stable refrigerant flow is approximately 30% of its
nominal rating. Thus, if a TXV has a nominal capac- • Each liquid line pressure drop is 10 PSI (including
ity of 40.3 TR, it should not be applied to any system piping, valves, filter-driers and sight glasses).
with a part load capacity less than 12.1 TR. Operating • Circuit #1 has a capacity of 37.5 TR
a TXV at capacities less than 30% can result in TXV
overfeeding and lead to a compressor failure (due to • Circuit #2 has a capacity of 31.2 TR (based on
refrigerant slugging, oil dilution, or liquid refrigerant 45°F SST, 2°F suction line loss).
washout of the compressor). 1. Calculate the pressure drop across the TXV’s at
the design condition as follows:
Selection of the correct TXV is essential for proper
operation of the refrigeration system. Fortunately, it
design ambient
is not a difficult procedure.
temperature Add 25ºF to obtain saturated condensing
As a minimum, the following details must be known in temperature.
order to select and size the TXV: 95°F + 25°F = 120°F
• refrigerant used Condensing pressure at 120°F → 260 PSIG

Evaporating pressure at 47°F → - 79 PSIG
• capacity of the DX coil circuit
Difference → 181 PSI (at design conditions)
• saturated evaporating temperature of the DX coils initial pressure drop across TXV
(without component pressure drops)
• liquid refrigerant temperature at the inlet of the
TXV
JOHNSON CONTROLS 93
FORM 050.40-ES3
However, the maximum load for the TXV’s will occur at 2. Knowing the saturated evaporator temperature
the minimum operational discharge pressure (typically (47°F ETP) and the actual pressure drop across the
200 psig) which is based on the fan cycling set points TXV (77 PSI), find the pressure drop correction
for the ACCU condensing unit. Thus, the pressure drop factor from the TXV manufacturer’s catalog. (Use
across the valve at maximum TXV load becomes: the 40°F ETP row for any ETP between 40°F and
55°F.) By interpolating between the values shown
Condensing pressure → 200 PSIG in Table 17 on page 94 (shaded blocks), it can
Evaporating pressure at 47°F → - 79 PSIG be determined that the factor for this example will
Difference → 121 PSI be approximately 0.88 (CF Pressure Drop).
initial pressure drop across TXV at
maximum load/low differential pressure
3. Next, determine the liquid refrigerant temperature
(without component pressure drops)
entering the TXV when the discharge pressure
is 200 psig (101°F CTP or saturated condensing
Add in the liquid piping, liquid line components, dis- temperature).
tributor and coil pressure drops:
saturated sub-cooling liquid
condensing – temperature = refrigerant
Liquid line and components pressure drop → 10 PSI temperature temperature
Distributor pressure drop → 30 PSI (typical) 101°F - 15 °F (15-17°F typical) = 86°F
DX coil pressure drop → +4 PSI (from coil selection)
Total component pressure drop → 44 PSI 4. Find the liquid refrigerant temperature correction
factor for the TXV’s in the manufacturer ‘s cata-
Subtract the total component pressure drop from the log. Interpolation between tabulated values may
initial pressure drop across the TXV to obtain the ac- be necessary. For this example based on the val-
tual pressure drop across the TXV. ues in the shaded blocks found in Table 18 on page
94, the correction factor for the liquid tempera-
Inlet pressure → 121 PSI ture will be 1.08 (CF Liquid Temperature).
Pressure drop → - 44 PSI
Actual pressure drop
across the TXV. → 77 PSI
Table 17 - PRESSURE DROP CORRECTION FACTOR

PRESSURE DROP ACROSS TXV (PSI)
EVAPORATOR
75 100 125 150 175
TEMPERATURE (°F)
CORRECTION FACTOR, CF PRESSURE DROP
40 ° 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.22 1.32
20° and 0° 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.18
-10° and -20° 0.71 0.82 0.91 1.00 1.08
-40° 0.65 0.76 0.85 0.93 1.00
Table 18 - TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTOR

LIQUID TEMPERATURE ENTERING TXV (°F)
REFRIGERANT 80° 90° 100° 110° 120°
Correction Factor, CF Liquid Temperature
R-22 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88
R-407C 1.14 1.07 1.00 0.93 0.85
94 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
Table 19 - TXV VALVE SELECTION BASED ON CAPACITY

TYPICAL MANUFACTURER’S TXV SELECTION TABLE
Refrigerant
Nominal R-22 R-407C
Valve Type
Capacity Evaporator Temperature (°F)
40° 20° 0° 40° 20° 0°
EBS 8 8.51 8.81 7.30 7.81 7.96 6.48
EBS 11 11.5 11.9 9.86 10.6 10.8 8.77
OVE 15 15.0 15.5 13.0 13.8 14.1 11.6
OVE 20 22.2 23.0 19.3 20.4 20.8 17.1
OVE 30 30.5 31.6 26.5 28.0 28.6 23.6
OVE 40 40.3 43.5 32.0 37.0 39.3 28.5
OVE 55 55.0 59.3 43.7 50.6 53.7 38.9
OVE 70 73.0 78.8 58.0 67.1 71.3 51.6
5. Now, using the design DX coil circuit capacity OVE 30: 29.0 TR X 1.15 = 33.4 TR
for each circuit (37.5 and 31.2 TR respectively), OVE 40: 38.3 TR X 1.15 = 44.0 TR
find the valves listed in the catalog which have ca-
So, based on the capacities calculated for each
pacities that most closely match the coil capacity
valve as listed above, the OVE 40 TXV should
for R-22. In this example, the capacities of both
be selected for Circuit #1 (for 37.5 tons) and the
circuits fall between the nominal capacities of the
OVE 30 should be selected for Circuit #2 (for
OVE 30 and OVE 40 TXV’s listed in the Table 19
31.2 tons).
on page 95 (see the shaded blocks). Again, for
ETP’s between 40°F and 55°F ETP, use the 40°F 6. A check should also be made to make certain that
ETP column. the valve is not oversized at the minimum circuit
Values in the table above are from the capacity. An approximation of the minimum cir-
Sporlan Valve catalog and subject to cuit capacity can be determined by multiplying 6
change. See TXV valve manufacturer’s the circuit capacity by the ratio of 1 (compressor)
catalog for up to date information to size over the number of compressors applied on that
valve and select thermostatic charge type. circuit, which is 3 per circuit for this example.
circuit 1/3 compressors minimum
In this example, both the OVE 30 and the OVE 40 capacity x per circuit = circuit capacity
valves should be considered. First, check for actual ca-
pacity after applying correction factors. Circuit 37.5 x 0.33 = 12.5 TR
#1:
Valve X CF, CF, Actual Circuit 31.2 x 0.33 = 10.3 TR
Capacity Drop X Liquid = Valve #2
Pressure Temp Capacity
The minimum capacity of the TXV can be deter-
OVE 30: 30.5 X 0.88 X 1.08 = 29.0 TR
mined by multiplying the nominal TXV capacity
OVE 40: 40.3 X 0.88 X 1.08 = 38.3 TR
by 30% (0.30). This value should be lower than
As mentioned earlier, most TXV ’s have some reserve the minimum circuit capacity.
capacity, so it is better to select a valve lower in capac- nominal minimum
ity than the maximum capacity of the system, than to TXV x 30% = circuit
select a valve that has greater capacity than the maxi- capacity capacity
mum capacity of the system. Oversized TXV's can
cause wide cycle swings resulting in poor temperature TXV
and humidity control and lead to liquid carry-over to Circuit #1: 40.3 x 0.30 = 12.1 TR
the compressors at low loads. Thus, in this example: TXV
Circuit #2: 30.5 x 0.30 = 9.2 TR
JOHNSON CONTROLS 95
FORM 050.40-ES3
Thus, for the two valves selected in our example, Mounting of the sensing bulb is extremely important.
the valves can operate at the maximum load/mini- Oil leaving the DX coil must not influence the bulb,
mum discharge pressure condition and minimum which must be mounted radially on the suction line at
circuit capacity condition without any difficulty. either the 4 or 8 o ‘clock position about 6” to 8” from
the coil on the horizontal line leaving the coil (Figure
7. Make certain to select the proper thermostatic
69 on page 96). The bulb should be mounted com-
charge, based on evaporator temperature and re-
pletely flat. Two perforated copper straps should firmly
frigerant type.
secure the bulb to provide good thermal contact with
8. Always include an external equalizer on the TXV. the suction line. Thermally insulate the bulb from the
The equalizer will prevent the refrigerant pressure air with a vapor barrier, so that the ambient air temper-
drop across the distributor and coil from affecting ature does not affect the bulb sensing. The sub-cooling
the superheat setting of the valve. and superheat should be checked and adjusted when
the unit is operating at design conditions. The equal-
9. The TXV should include the maximum operating
izing line should be piped just downstream of the bulb
pressure (MOP) feature. This MOP will restrict
on the same horizontal line. The equalizing line must
the maximum opening of the valve, if the suction
enter at the top of the suction line pipe.
pressure becomes too high due to abnormally high
suction gas temperatures, which typically occur at LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVES
start-up. For low ambient applications, the non-
migrating bulb charge may be required. If the am- A solenoid valve (Figure 70 on page 96) is simply
bient of the TXV can reach a temperature lower a two-position valve that is electronically actuated by
than its sensing bulb temperature, a non-migrating energizing or de-energizing a solenoid coil.
charge must be used. When using a non-migrating
charge, the MOP feature may not be available.
Use one TXV for each DX distributor/coil section
within the refrigerant circuit, as depicted in Figure 76
on page 100 and Figure 77 on page 101. The TXV
should be mounted on the horizontal liquid line as
close to the distributor inlet as possible (Not to exceed LD16278
24”). The bulb should be mounted on the outlet of the Figure 70 - LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE
specific coil suction line and never in the common suc-
tion line.
Vapor barrier must seal insulation to prevent

moisture from entering insulation. Use sealant
around capillary tube penetration.
Insulation
Bulb
4 o'clock position 8 o'clock position

Use two (2) copper perforated straps at each
end of the bulb to tightly secure the bulb.
LD09449
Figure 69 - THERMAL EXPANSION BULB MOUNTING POSITIONS RADIALLY ON THE SUCTION PIPING
96 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
The function of the LLSV is to allow refrigerant to flow FILTER DRIER

through the circuit upon a call for cooling and to pre-
The filter-drier (F-D) consists of a metal shell that con-
vent refrigerant from flowing through the circuit when
tains a desiccant core and a metal screen. The desiccant
no cooling is required. The LLSV is energized by 115-
core removes from the refrigerant any moisture that
1-50/60 power. They must be wired into the air-cooled
could damage the TXV or compressor motor windings.
condensing unit to receive the energizing signal.
The metal screen captures any foreign matter such as
A single liquid line solenoid valve is required for each scale, dirt or solder particles that could foul the coil
ACCU circuit and should be located at the air-handling tubes, the compressor or the TXV. A filter-drier is re-
unit. Refer to Figure 76 on page 100 and Figure 77 quired in each circuit. Filter-driers are available in two
on page 101, which illustrate the application of the types, sealed (Figure 72 on page 97) and replaceable
LLSV. To avoid refrigerant management problems, do core (Figure 73 on page 97). Small systems usually
not use multiple liquid line solenoid valves per ACCU include a sealed F-D, while larger systems include a
refrigerant circuit. The typical pressure drop of a prop- replaceable-core type. The desiccant cores are in a re-
erly sized LLSV is approximately 2-3 PSI. placeable-core.
SIGHT GLASS
A sight-glass (SG) moisture-indicator (Figure 71 on
page 97) is designed to detect moisture in the refrig- LD16280
erant. One sight glass is required in each refrigerant
circuit between the LLSV and the TXV. It should be Figure 72 - SEALED FILTER DRIER
mounted as close to the TXV as possible and down-
stream of the filter-drier. In cases where long liquid
lines are encountered, two glasses, one at the condens-
er (ACCU) and one at the DX coil, are recommended. IN
6
OUT
LD16281
Figure 73 - REPLACEABLE CORE FILTER DRIER

LD16279
Figure 71 - SIGHT GLASS

F-D can be replaced and the shell can be cleaned out
Typically the sight glass will have a small paper dot when it becomes fouled. When a sealed F-D becomes
in the center of the glass. This dot changes color, from fouled the entire device must be replaced. Filter-driers
green to yellow, when moisture is present in the sys- ship loose with YORK ACCU condensing units for
tem. If bubbles are visible in the liquid refrigerant field installation. The filter-driers should be installed
through the sight glass, the system may be under- in the liquid line, upstream of the sight glass and TXV.
charged. However, the bubbles could be indicative of A filter should always be mounted in a horizontal posi-
another problem, such as insufficient sub-cooling, or tion as shown in Figure 74 on page 98. This prevents
excessive liquid line pressure drop (i.e., dirty filter line any foreign matter from falling back into the line when
drier cores). When charging the system, the sight glass the device is removed. A sealed F-D should always be
should not be relied upon as overcharging could occur, replaced with a replaceable-core F-D when it becomes
if non-condensables were present. fouled in the event that any debris is still present in the
system.
Sight glasses are shipped loose for field installa-
tion with ACCU condensing units. The pressure drop
through a sight glass is typically 0.5 PSI.
JOHNSON CONTROLS 97
FORM 050.40-ES3
the Engineering Guide of the condensing units. Con-

sideration should be given to downsizing the liquid
line to avoid adding receivers, even though the liquid
line pressure drop may increase slightly. If receivers
are required, they would need to be added to each re-
frigerant circuit, as shown in Figure 75 on page 98.
Contact Johnson Controls for guidance.
LD16282
Figure 74 - FILTER DRIER INSTALLATION
SUCTION FILTER
Suction line filter-driers can be mounted in the suction
line, but are not needed on new systems, if care is taken
to keep the suction lines clean during installation.
LD16283
REFRIGERANT LIQUID STOP VALVE Figure 75 - OPTIONAL RECEIVER INSTALLATION
A liquid line shutoff valve with a charging port is re-

quired on each refrigerant circuit and is included as OIL SEPARATOR
standard with ACCU units and packaged equipment.
Oil separators are not recommended for the ACCU
CHARGING VALVE systems. These are not necessary on systems, which
have suction lines properly sized per the ASHRAE Re-
A ¼” or 3/8” charging valve (by others) should be in- frigerant Handbook and information contained in this
stalled between the TXV and distributor. This will al- guide to assure oil return at all load conditions. While
low refrigerant gas to be safely added to the low side oil separators reduce the rate of oil from being pumped
of each circuit. into a system, they cannot be 100 percent efficient.
They will still allow all of the oil in the compressor to
ACCU SUCTION CONNECTION be eventually pumped into a system, if the system pip-
Copper stub-out suction connections are included as ing is not adequately designed for proper oil return at
standard on the ACCU. [Optional suction and dis- all capacities. In addition, oil separators add mechani-
charge (ball type) isolation valves are available per re- cal complexity and potentially could cause more prob-
frigerant circuit to further facilitate servicing.] lems than they solve.
HOT GAS BYPASS SUCTION ACCUMULATOR

Hot gas is available as an option. The valve is factory Suction line accumulators are not recommended on
mounted, but the piping must be field installed from ACCU systems with interconnecting piping designed
the valve to the DX coil distributor, as well as the cap- and installed per the ASHRAE Refrigeration Hand-
illary line “External Equalizer” from the valve to its book and this guide. They are not necessary on sys-
respective suction line (terminate line in top of suction tems, which have TXV’s, coils, piping and controls
line). See SECTION 4 - PIPING for additional details. properly designed. Additionally, during field piping
installation small amounts of debris find their way to
RECEIVER the accumulator. This can clog the accumulator and in-
Receivers are not normally needed, since many sys- crease the suction line pressure drop, which increases
tems are relatively close coupled and the liquid line is compressor KW input. More importantly, the debris
part of the pump-down storage. A review of the DX can slow down oil-return to the compressors, which
coil, condensing unit and liquid line operating charges could reduce compressor reliability. Suction line accu-
is needed. The pump-down capacities are published in mulators, like oil separators, may cause more problems
than they prevent on this type system.
98 JOHNSON CONTROLS
FORM 050.40-ES3
REFRIGERATION FLOW ILLUSTRATIONS per refrigerant circuit. This approach is recommended

AND SPECIALITIES (R-22 EXAMPLES) on larger capacity systems and based on full face air
flow across the coils. Table 20 on page 102 lists the
The refrigerant flow diagrams shown in Figure 76 on
suggested refrigerant components. Double suction ris-
page 100 and Figure 77 on page 101 illustrate two
ers are shown for illustration only. Most applications
approaches. These arrangements are based on having
will need only single risers.
full-face airflow, which will result in optimum system
operation and reliability. Only one refrigerant circuit is Obviously there are many examples too numerous to
illustrated. This will be similar for the second circuit. expand on here for the various refrigerant types in-
cluding 407c and 410a, coupled with various coil ar-
Figure 76 on page 100 represents two Interlaced coil
rangements. Generally the Filter Drier and the Site
sections per refrigerant circuit. Each refrigerant circuit
Glass are shipped loose for field installation by the
will have one liquid line solenoid with two TXV's per
Installing Contractor. These part numbers should also
circuit. Table 20 on page 102 lists the suggested re-
be identified in the Replacement Parts Guide. Gener-
frigerant components. Figure 76 on page 100 would
ally the TXV and LLSV are furnished and installed by
also be representative, if one distributor would be used
the Installing Contractor. Selection of the later parts
per circuit and Table 21 on page 104 lists the sug-
is also the responsibility of the Installing Contrac-
gested refrigerant components for this arrangement.
tor. A cursory review of these parts can be requested
Figure 77 on page 101 illustrates the use of two through Application Engineering Sales support group
stacked interlaced coils. This arrangement would use (Through your local JCI Sales/Service office).
one liquid line solenoid valve with two TXV's applied
JOHNSON CONTROLS 99
FORM 050.40-ES3

GAS CONNECTION

FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE HOT GAS
BYPASS
LIQUID LINE
DISTRIBUTORS
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTIONS
THERMAL
EXPANSION CHECK
VALVE VALVES
FILTER DRIER
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE INDICATOR
LD13928
THERMAL
EXPANSION
VALVE
Figure 76 - INSTALLATION WITH TWO INTERLACED COILS (OR JUST ONE COIL PER CIRCUIT)
100 JOHNSON CONTROLS

FORM 050.40-ES3

GAS CONNECTION

FACTORY MOUNTED
LIQUID STOP VALVE CHECK VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
LIQUID LINE
WITH HOT GAS
CONNECTION
THERMAL
EXPANSION VALVE
LIQUID LINE
SOLENOID VALVE
6
FILTER DRIER
SIGHT GLASS -
MOISTURE INDICATOR
CHECK
VALVE
** CLOSE COUPLED
** CAN BE STRAIGHT RUN
DISTRIBUTOR
WITH HOT GAS LD13295
CONNECTION
Figure 77 - INSTALLATION WITH TWO STACKED INTERLACED COILS PER CIRCUIT
JOHNSON CONTROLS 101

FORM 050.40-ES3
Table 20 - REFRIGERANT COMPONENTS, WITH TWO STACKED INTERLACED COILS WITH 2 TXV'S AND
1 LLSV PER REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT R-22 (REFER TO FIGURE 76)
Tons a) Filter-Drier(s) b) Moisture Indicator b)
ACCU SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2

60 HZ
Unit SYS #1 SYS #2 BODY - Qty Cores - Qty BODY - Qty Cores - Qty BODY - Qty CAP - Qty BODY - Qty CAP - Qty
P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N
0016EC 15.2 15.2 --- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0026EC 20.8 20.8 ---- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0030EC 25.9 25.9 ---- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0036EC 31.2 31.2 ---- 1 2 --- --- 1 1 --- ---
026-30598 026-18328 --- --- 026-32397 026-32800 --- ---
0040EC 37.7 37.7 ---- 1 2 --- --- 1 1 --- ---
026-30598 026-18328 --- --- 026-32397 026-32800 --- ---
0046EC 42.3 21.1 21.1 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0050EC 46.9 25.9 21.3 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0056EC 51.7 25.9 25.9 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0060EC 56.2 30.6 25.6 1 2 1 * 1 1 1 **
026-30598 026-18328 026-36510 * 026-32397 026-32800 026-15305 **
0066EC 62.2 31.1 31.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0076EC 68.9 37.5 31.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0080EC 77.0 38.5 38.5 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0086EC 83.6 45.5 38.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0090EC 90.1 45.0 45.0 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0096EC 90.8 50.4 40.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0100EC 98.4 49.2 49.2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0106EC 108.9 60.5 48.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0120EC 122.1 61.1 61.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0130EC 133.6 74.3 59.3 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-16960 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32399 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0140EC 144.4 74.2 74.2 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1
026-16960 026-18328 026-16960 026-18328 026-32399 026-32800 026-32399 026-32800
* In-Line Type ** Included w/Body
a) R-22, 95° F ambient and 45° SST, TXV's listed in table should be reviewed for SST's more than 3 degrees above or below 45° F
b) YORK P/N shipped loose with the standard ACCU Condensing unit
c) YORK P/N not included with the standard ACCU Condensing unit separately from
Baltimore Parts Center phone 800-932-1701 or fax 800-932-1702
d) Good for the typical 40° F to 50° SST range
e) The above are applicable for R-407C systems too
NOTE: Add -000 suffix to all part numbers in this table

FORM 050.40-ES3
Liquid Line Hot Gas ACCU ACCU Suction

Expansion Valves a) and c)
Solenoid Valve Size c) By Pass Valves c) Liquid Line Line Connection
SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2 Connection Size Size
LLSV1 LLSV2 TXV #1 f) TXV #2 f) TXV #1 f) TXV #2 f) HGBP #1 HGBP #2

NOM NOM NOM TONS NOM TONS SYS
SIZE SIZE NOM TONS NOM TONS SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1
TONS TONS #2
7/8” --- 8 8 -- -- 7/8” ---
7/8” --- 1-5/8” ---
025-34585 025-37346 025-37346 -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” --- 11 11 -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 1-5/8” ---
025-34585 025-34155 025-34155 -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” --- 11 11 -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-34585 025-34155 025-34155 -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
1-1/8” --- 15 15 -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-33705 025-33280 025-33280 -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
1-1/8” --- 20 20 -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-33705 025-27535 025-27535 -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” 7/8” 11 11 11 11 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
7/8” 7/8” 11 11 11 11 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
7/8” 7/8” 11 11 11 11 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34155 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 7/8” 15 15 11 11 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-34585 025-33280 025-33280 025-34155 025-34155 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 15 15 15 15 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-33280 025-33280 025 33280 025-33280 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 20 20 15 15 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-27535 025-27535 025 33280 025-33280 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
6
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 20 20 20 20 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 20 20 20 20 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 20 20 20 20 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-27535 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-3/8” 1-1/8” 30 30 20 20 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-1/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33705 025-27536 025-27536 025-27535 025-27535 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 30 30 30 30 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 30 30 30 30 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 30 30 30 30 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-27536 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-5/8” 1-3/8” 40 40 30 30 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33281 025-33704 025-20213 025-20213 025-27536 025-27536 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-5/8” 1-5/8” 40 40 40 40 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33281 025-33281 025-20213 025-20213 025-20213 025-20213 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
f) Bulb charge is type “VN” used primarily when the valve body will see colder temperatures than what the sensing bulb will see, preventing bulb charge migration.
You should consider using a VGA or VCP100 charge with the added MOP feature on all applications where the AHU is located indoors and/or if the TXV body will
always see warmer temperatures than the bulb.

FORM 050.40-ES3
Table 21 - REFRIGERANT COMPONENTS, WITH 1 FULL FACE DX COIL WITH 1 TXV PER REFRIGERANT
CIRCUIT R-22 (REFER TO FIGURE 77)
ACCU Tons a) Filter-Drier(s) b) & d) Moisture Indicator b) & d)
SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2
SYS Cores -
60 HZ Unit SYS #1 BODY - Qty BODY - Qty Cores - Qty BODY - Qty CAP - Qty BODY - Qty CAP - Qty
#2 Qty
0016EC 15.2 15.2 --- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0026EC 20.8 20.8 ---- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0030EC 25.9 25.9 ---- 1 * --- --- 1 ** --- ---
026-36510 * --- --- 026-15305 ** --- ---
0036EC 31.2 31.2 ---- 1 2 --- --- 1 1 --- ---
026-30598 026-18328 --- --- 026-32397 026-32800 --- ---
0040EC 37.7 37.7 ---- 1 2 --- --- 1 1 --- ---
026-30598 026-18328 --- --- 026-32397 026-32800 --- ---
0046EC 42.3 21.1 21.1 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0050EC 46.9 25.9 21.3 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0056EC 51.7 25.9 25.9 1 * 1 * 1 ** 1 **
026-36510 * 026-36510 * 026-15305 ** 026-15305 **
0060EC 56.2 30.6 25.6 1 2 1 * 1 1 1 **
026-30598 026-18328 026-36510 * 026-32397 026-32800 026-15305 **
0066EC 62.2 31.1 31.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0076EC 68.9 37.5 31.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0080EC 77.0 38.5 38.5 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0086EC 83.6 45.5 38.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0090EC 90.1 45.0 45.0 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-30598 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32397 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0096EC 90.8 50.4 40.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-30598 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32397 026-32800
0100EC 98.4 49.2 49.2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0106EC 108.9 60.5 48.4 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0120EC 122.1 61.1 61.1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-21055 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32398 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0130EC 133.6 74.3 59.3 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 1
026-16960 026-18328 026-21055 026-18328 026-32399 026-32800 026-32398 026-32800
0140EC 144.4 74.2 74.2 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1
026-16960 026-18328 026-16960 026-18328 026-32399 026-32800 026-32399 026-32800
* In-Line Type ** Included w/Body
a) R-22, 95° F ambient and 45° SST, TXV's listed in table should be reviewed for SST's more than 3 degrees above or below 45° F
b) YORK P/N shipped loose with the standard ACCU Condensing unit
c) YORK P/N not included with the standard ACCU Condensing unit separately from
Baltimore Parts Center phone 800-932-1701 or fax 800-932-1702
d) Good for the typical 40° F to 50° SST range
e) The above are applicable for R-407C systems too
NOTE: Add -000 suffix to all part numbers in this table

FORM 050.40-ES3
Liquid Line Solenoid ACCU Liquid ACCU Suction

Expansion Valves a) and c) Hot Gas By Pass Valves c)
Valve Size c) and d) Line Connec- Line Connec-
SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2 SYS #1 SYS #2 tion Size tion Size
LLSV1 LLSV2 TXV #1 f) TXV #2 f) TXV #1 f) TXV #2 f) HGBP #1 HGBP #2

SYS SYS SYS SYS
SIZE SIZE NOM TONS NOM TONS NOM TONS NOM TONS NOM TONS NOM TONS
#1 #2 #1 #2
7/8” --- 15 -- -- -- 7/8” ---
7/8” --- 1-5/8” ---
025-34585 025-34156 -- -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” --- 20 -- -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 1-5/8” ---
025-34585 025-27535 -- -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” --- 30 -- -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-34585 025-27536 -- -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
1-1/8” --- 30 -- -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-33705 025-27536 -- -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
1-1/8” --- 40 -- -- -- 7/8” ---
1-1/8” --- 2-1/8” ---
025-33705 025-20213 -- -- -- 025-34133-001 ---
7/8” 7/8” 20 -- 20 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-27535 -- 025-27535 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
7/8” 7/8” 30 -- 20 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-27536 -- 025-27535 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
7/8” 7/8” 30 -- 30 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-34585 025-34585 025-27536 -- 025-27536 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 7/8” 30 -- 30 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-34585 025-27536 -- 025-27536 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 30 -- 30 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-27536 -- 025-27536 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 40 -- 30 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-20213 -- 025-27536 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001 6
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 40 -- 40 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-20213 -- 025-20213 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 55 -- 40 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-1/8” 2-1/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-32904 -- 025-20213 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 55 -- 55 -- 7/8” 7/8”
1-1/8” 1-1/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33705 025-33705 025-32904 -- 025-32904 -- 025-34133-001 025-34133-001
1-3/8” 1-1/8” 55 -- 40 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-1/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33705 025-32904 -- 025-20213 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 55 -- 55 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-32904 -- 025-32904 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 70 -- 55 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-35757 -- 025-32904 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 70 -- 70 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33704 025-33704 025-35757 -- 025-35757 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-5/8” 1-3/8” 70 -- 70 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33281 025-33704 025-35757 -- 025-35757 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
1-5/8” 1-5/8” 70 -- 70 -- 1-1/8” 1-1/8”
1-3/8” 1-3/8” 2-5/8” 2-5/8”
025-33281 025-33281 025-35757 -- 025-35757 -- 025-39469-001 025-39469-001
f) Bulb charge is type “VN” used primarily when the valve body will see colder temperatures than what the sensing bulb will see, preventing bulb charge migration.
You should consider using a VGA or VCP100 charge with the added MOP feature on all applications where the AHU is located indoors and/or if the TXV body will
always see warmer temperatures than the bulb.

FORM 050.40-ES3

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
GENERAL coatings. It is recommended that they be removed

before parts are heated for brazing.
Brazing, for the purpose of this document, is defined
as the joining of metals through the use of heat and a • Know your filler metals. Do not use filler met-
filler metal – one whose melting temperature is above als containing cadmium. Consult the MSDS for
1100°F (593 °C) but below the melting point of the maximum recommended brazing temperatures
metals being joined. A brazed joint, if properly made of a specific filler metal. The filler metal carries
will be as strong or stronger than the metals joined. a warning label. Be sure to look for it and follow
the instructions.
Brazing works by creating a metallurgical bond be-
tween the parent metals and the filler metal. Occasion- For additional safety considerations, see the Ameri-
ally brazing may be referred to as “silver soldering”. can National Standard Z49.1, “Safety in Welding and
For consistency sake, we will refer to the term as “braz- Cutting”, published be the American Welding Society
ing” throughout this document, with the understanding (AWS), 550 N.W. LeJeune Rd., Miami, Florida 33126.)
that we are referring to a torch brazing process with a
silver-bearing filler metal.
The following offers general pipe brazing practices for
R-22, 407c and as well as the higher pressures of 410a
refrigerants.
BRAZING SAFETY
• Wear suitable protective clothing. Safety goggles
with tinted lenses and gloves are required.
• Beware of brazing near combustible materials. If im-
possible to avoid, use suitable heat shield material to
prevent damage or combustion from occurring.
LD09165
• Be sure to have an adequate means of dealing with
Figure 78 - HAND HELD TORCH
a fire, such as fire hose, fire extinguishers, etc.
• Ventilate confined areas. Use ventilating fans and
exhaust hoods to carry all fumes and gases away TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT NEEDED
from work, and air supplied respirators as required. 7
1. Torch and Fuel Source
• Clean base metals thoroughly, A surface contami-
nant of unknown composition on base metals may The heating source most commonly used in brazing is the
add to fume hazard and may cause a too rapid hand held torch (Figure 78 on page 107). The type of
breakdown of flux, leading to over heating. torch offering the most versatility is a conventional ox-
ygen-acetylene torch, however, a special swirl-combus-
• Use sufficient flux. Flux protects base metals and tion tip torch (TurboTorch™ is one such example) using
filler metal during heating cycle. Full flux cover- MAPP (Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture) or Pro-
age reduces fuming, Also, consult your MSDS pane/Air mixtures can be used very effectively on smaller
(Material Safety Data Sheet) regarding specific jobs. Oxy-acetylene rigs are the most complex because
hazards associated with brazing flux. they require both oxygen and acetylene tanks, regulators
• Heat metals broadly. Heat the base metals broadly for both tanks, hoses, valves and typically a cart to hold
and uniformly. Intense localized heating uses up the whole apparatus (Figure 79 on page 108).
flux, increases danger of fuming.
Depending on the size of the tanks, a typical oxy-acet-
• Know your base metals. A cadmium coating on a ylene rig can weigh quite a bit. The advantage of using
base metal will volatilize and produce toxic fumes the fuel/air mix rig is the size, weight and portability
during heating. Zinc coatings (galvanized) will issue. The disadvantage is that they generally are not as
also fume when heated. Learn to recognize these effective at quickly heating larger braze joints.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
C. Flat file - may be useful to square tubing ends or

remove burrs
D. Wire brush - inside and outside diameter brush-
es can be purchased to facilitate cleaning of vari-
ous size tubing/fittings
E. Crocus Cloth (YORK Part Number:
041-02729-000)-crocus cloth (Figure 82 on page
108), which is essentially jeweler’s rouge im-
pregnated cloth is very useful for cleaning cop-
per and brass pipe/fittings. Crocus cloth’s unique
advantage over other abrasive cloths or papers is
that the abrasive material and the abraded mate-
rial remains attached to the cloth rather than get-
ting into the piping or remaining on the surface.
LD09166
Figure 79 - HAND HELD TORCH AND TANKS
2. Pipe Joint Tools

A. Tubing cutter - standard tubing cutter with sharp
cutting wheel (Figure 80 on page 108) LD09169
Figure 82 - CROCUS CLOTH
Do not use steel wool, sand paper or emery

cloth. All of these materials will shed their
abrasives and can both compromise the
braze joint and get into the system which
could cause compressor bearing damage.
3. Solvent
LD09167
Alcohol or any commercially available, safety ap-
proved, non-residue forming solvent that will remove
Figure 80 - TUBING CUTTER
oil or grease from the fittings and pipe.
B. De-burring tool - inside and outside burrs should 4. Flux

be removed (Figure 81 on page 108)
Flux may be required depending on the two particular
metals that will be joined (Figure 83 on page 109). The
general rule of thumb is that copper/copper joints, when
brazed with a Silver/Copper/Phosphorus filler metal
do not require flux. Combinations of copper, brass and
steel will require flux. Flux performs a rather simple
task. It prevents oxides from forming and impeding the
brazing process. Flux performs that task by dissolving
the oxides. Flux also provides a visual indication of the
LD09168
joint temperature, alerting the brazer that it is time to
Figure 81 - TUBING DE-BURRING TOOL apply the filler alloy.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
The type of flux needed will normally depend on the 000. No flux is required with this filler alloy when us-
brazing time and temperatures. ing it to braze clean copper to copper joints. This alloy
liquefies at 1495° F and has a flow point of 1325° F.
The finished joint color will be gray in appearance.
Do not use Silver/Phosphorous materials
to join ferrous materials as brittle phos-
phate compounds will be formed at the
interface. Also note that these filler metals
have a unique characteristic called the
“Flow Point”. The ”Flow Point” is de-
fined as the temperature at which the filler
LD09170 metal is fluid enough to capillary through
Figure 83 - FLUX a joint even though not completely liquid
(i.e. above the liquids temperature).
For light walled joints use a low temperature flux For brazing copper to brass or steel and any combina-
(AWS specification FB3A), generally white in color tion of brass and steel together, use AWS classification
(YORK part number 044-00372-000). “BAG-20” which has a nominal composition of 30%
For heavier wall, higher temperature work, use a black silver, 38% Copper and 32% Zinc. Popular brand name
flux . (AWS specification. FB3C ) (YORK part number equivalents are Handy Harman Braze 300, Engelhard
044-00371-000). Industries Engelhard No. A-13 and J.W. Harris Safety
Silv 30. The YORK part number for this filler metal is
Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions and 001-06056-000. This alloy flows at 1410°F. The fin-
safety recommendations when working with brazing ished joint color will be yellow.
flux. Most fluxes are acidic and can cause skin reac-
Other alloys may be used as substitutes for
tions. Protect exposed skin and always wear eye pro-
the above, providing they meet or exceed
tection when working with flux.
the specifications of the suggested alloys.
The flux is generally applied using an acid brush,
which may be part of the flux container or if necessary
purchase separately.
7. Nitrogen MUST Be Used While Brazing!
5. Wet Cloths
The importance of brazing with nitrogen cannot be
A couple of wet cloths soaking in a pail of clean water
over-emphasized. POE oils used with the newer refrig-
are always handy to have available. First of all, it may be 7
erants such as R134a or R-407c make this even more
necessary to wrap a wet cloth around parts of an assem-
important due to their solvent powers. The sludge that
bly such as a thermal expansion valve (TXV) or solenoid
will form in the system as a result of brazing without
valve during the brazing operation to prevent the braz-
nitrogen is severe and easily identified after a compres-
ing heat from damaging the valve components/gaskets.
sor failure. Don’t gamble with your compressor war-
Second, the wet cloths can be used to carefully wipe a
ranty, follow proper nitrogen brazing procedures!
finished braze joint to remove residual flux (if used) and
to provide a professional looking finished joint. A regulated supply of nitrogen must be available to
purge the piping and then sustain a small flow of ni-
6. Filler Metal trogen through the piping while brazing the fittings,
Two types of filler metal are recommended by Johnson otherwise the heat applied during brazing will cause
Controls. oxides to form inside the piping which may later pro-
mote compressor failures or plug filter driers.
For copper-to-copper joints, use AWS classification
”BCuP-3” which has a nominal composition of 5% Sil- Set up the piping so that the first joint you braze is clos-
ver, 89% Copper and 6% Phosphorous. Popular brand est to the supply of nitrogen to the piping assembly and
name equivalents are Handy Harman Sil Fos 5, J.W. then continue to braze the joints in the direction of the
Harris Stay-Silv 5 and Englehard Industries Silvaloy 5. nitrogen flow.
The YORK part number for this material is 001-04708-

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
pipe or tube end. If the end of the tubing is deformed

during cutting so that it is no longer round, a tubing
resizing tool should be used to restore the shape of the
tubing otherwise the braze joint may be weakened.
LD09171
Figure 84 - PIPE BRAZING WITH NITROGEN
LD09173
Figure 86 - CLEAN PIPE AFTER CUTTING AND

BEFORE FITTING
2. Cleaning
Brazing surfaces and filler metal must be cleaned to
bright metal before brazing (Figure 86 on page 110).
Prior to brazing, oil, grease, etc., should be removed
using an approved commercial safety solvent.
Oxides must be removed by wire brushing or crocus
LD09172
cloth.
Figure 85 - PIPE BRAZING WITHOUT NITROGEN Do not use steel wool, emery cloth or sandpaper!
3. Fit-up
It is very important to mask off openings in the piping
to ensure that all oxygen has been completely purged Braze joint strength is directly related to fit up clear-
from the assembly and that a small gentle flow of ni- ances. A general rule of thumb is that the joint internal
trogen is flowing through and past each piping joint clearance should be 0.002 to 0.005 inch (Figure 87 on
while it is being brazed and during the cooling process. page 110). This clearance range is necessary for cap-
If there are branch fittings, be sure you have purged the illary flow of the filler metal into the joint and it is the
branch piping section and that there is flow through the optimal clearance for joint strength.
branch before brazing. See Figure 84 on page 110 for Effects of joint thickness on tensile strength
results of brazing with nitrogen purge and Figure 85 on
Thickness of joint(mm)
page 110 for results when nitrogen is not used. 0.00 0.08 0.15 0.23 0.31 0.38 0.46 0.53 0.61
140,000 965.3
Failure to adequately purge the piping or promote
Tensile strength (MPa)
Tensile strength (psi)
120,000 827.4
flow past branch fittings will have nearly the same
effect as no nitrogen at all. 100,000 689.5
80,000 551.6
PROCEDURES
60,000 413.7
1. Cutting tubing
40,000 275.8
0.00 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.021 0.024
Pipe or tube ends should be cut off square and burrs re-
moved by reaming or filing, taking care that any metal Thickness of joint(inches)
debris or chips fall out of the piping. Reaming and filing LD09174
should be held to the absolute minimum necessary to
Figure 87 - JOINT THICKNESS VS TENSILE
remove the burrs. Care should be taken not to taper the STRENGTH

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
The piping assemblies that are to be

brazed must be supported well enough
to maintain the joint alignment and to
prevent joint movement until the braze
joint has fully solidified.
LD09176
Figure 89 - APPLYING FLUX TO PIPE
LD09175
Do not use excessive flux. Flux is acid based and will
Figure 88 - CHECKING PIPE FIT contribute to system acid formation if allowed to get
into the system. See Figure 89 on page 111 and Fig-
ure 90 on page 111.
4. Fluxing
If the braze joint is copper to copper and you are us- Do not apply flux to any surface you do not want the
ing a self-fluxing silver/phosphorous filler metal, flux brazing filler metal to flow to and adhere.
is not required.
For best results, clean the length of the filler alloy you
All other situations require flux. Depending on the type are expecting to use with crocus cloth and then coat the
of joint, use either low temperature or high temperature filler metal with a light coating of flux (Figure 91 on
flux. High temperature flux should be used where pro- page 112). An old rule of thumb suggests that the di-
longed heating at higher temperatures is required, such ameter of the joint is approximately the length of filler
as when a heavy wall brass valve is being brazed to metal needed to properly braze the joint.
copper. If in doubt, use the high temperature flux.
Make sure the flux is stirred well. If the
flux is water based it may be necessary to 7
add water if the flux has thickened over
time. Flux should have a thin creamy
consistency similar to Pepto-Bismol™.
Immediately after cleaning the joint, while exercising

care not to touch the clean joint area with bare hands,
apply a thin coating of flux to the male portion of the
joint so that when assembling the joint, a slight twisting
will distribute the flux inside the joint, without allowing
the flux to get into the system. Proper application will
provide good coverage on the mating portions of the joint
only. After seating the two pieces of the joint, apply a thin
coating of the flux around the outside of the joint so that
the exposed edges of the female part of the joint have
flux on them. This will allow the joint to be finished with
LD09177
a professional looking concave fillet and help prevent
crystallization of the fitting edges during brazing. Figure 90 - SEATING PIPE TO FITTING

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
LD09179
LD09178 Figure 92 - BRAZING JOINTS IN DIRECTION OF

FLOW
Figure 91 - APPLYING FLUX TO FILLER METAL
When brazing an assembly with a number of joints,

5. Purging the brazing sequence should be in the direction of the
nitrogen flow whenever possible (Figure 84 on page
The purpose of Nitrogen purging is to ensure that no
110).
oxygen is present inside the piping prior to and during
the brazing process, including the cool-down period. 6. Brazing
Failure to use Nitrogen purging during brazing will
cause oxide formation on the inside of the piping and If using oxygen-acetylene gases, a neutral flame should
fittings which will accumulate in the system, causing be used. A neutral flame has a well defined inner cone.
acid and sludge formation which may cause compres- Select a torch tip that is adequate for the size piping
sor and other component failures in the future. being brazed. It is important to be able to apply enough
Keep the area to be purged to a minimum in order to heat uniformly around the joint so that the filler metal
reduce pre-purge time and ensure a quality purge. can free flow into and around the total joint at the same
time. Multiple tip torches are often used in production
Purging is a two stage operation; pre-purge and braze environments to quickly achieve this, but for field use,
purge. During the first stage prior to brazing, the purge a single tip, adequately sized will be sufficient.
gas is used to remove air from the piping or system that
you are working on. Ensure that the nitrogen purge gas is flowing through
the piping. For copper to copper joints, begin by evenly
During the second stage the nitrogen flow should be at heating the joint, alternatively around the tube and fit-
a rate of approximately 6-8 CFH (cubic feet per hour). ting until both reach the brazing temperature before ap-
This rate can be obtained by adjusting the flow of ni- plying the filler metal into the joint. On copper to cop-
trogen with the nitrogen regulator until you can feel a per joints, this should be a pale cherry red color (Figure
soft, cool feeling on the inside of your wrist blowing 93 on page 113). While feeding the filler rod into the
out the outlet of the piping. joint, hold the torch further away , keeping the flame
It is important for the nitrogen to have feathering the joint to maintain the temperature. The
free flowing ability from the inlet, which filler material will flow easily around the joint. Add
will be upstream of the first joint to be enough filler metal to provide a slight concave fillet
brazed, to the outlet which will be down- finish on the joint and then remove the torch and allow
stream of the last joint to be brazed with- the joint to cool down.
out causing any pressure build up in the
piping system (Figure 85). Any back pres-
sure developed within the piping because
of the nitrogen purge will cause pinhole
leaks in the braze joints.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
outside of the joint will have a slightly concave fillet

with little or no filler metal on any other surfaces of the
tubing or fitting.
A good brazer will move the torch quickly around the
joint, so that the joint is evenly brought up to the tem-
perature where the filler metal can flow freely into the
joint and then gently cap the joint off as the torch is
slowly backed off to make the application of the filler
metal cap more of a “laying on” process than a flow-
ing process. Although a nice concave fillet appearance
on the braze joint is very professional looking, it of-
fers little to the joint integrity. A mechanically sound
braze joint really depends on the free flowing of the
filler metal by capillary action completely around the
circumference of the mating surfaces of the joint and
that can only happen if the joint has been heated evenly
to a sufficient temperature to effect the flowing of the
LD09180 filler metal.
Figure 93 - PROPER TORCH FLAME FOR BRAZING
The brazing technique on joints other than copper to
copper are very similar, however, there it becomes
It is important to note that various joint configurations more critical to not overheat the non-copper parts of
require the above procedure to be modified slightly. A the joints. Both brass and steel can be easily crystal-
good rule of thumb to remember is that you want to lized if the surfaces are overheated. If that happens, the
apply the heat evenly to both the fitting and the tube, crystallized parts of the metal must be abraded away,
but after they are both heated adequately, direct the the joint re-fluxed and the process repeated.
torch flame toward the area where you want to draw Brazing flux, which must be used when brazing any-
the filler metal into. For example on a horizontal joint thing other than copper to copper, will serve as a tem-
you would more preferentially concentrate the torch on perature indicator. The flux appearance will go through
the female fitting after heating both the fitting and the several visual stages.
tubing. This would tend to draw the filler metal into
the fitting. For a vertical “up” joint, where the female Table 22 - BRAZING FLUX
fitting opening is facing downward, after heating both
TEMPERATURE APPEARANCE OF FLUX
the tube and the fitting evenly, the heat should then be 7
concentrated more on the female fitting. Note that it 212°F (100 °C) Water boils off.
helps to have the torch flame pointed upward toward Flux becomes white and slightly
600°F (315 °C)
the opening of the joint as you sweep it around the puffy, and starts to “work.”
joint. This methodology tends to facilitate the capillary Flux lies against surface and has
800°F (435 °C)
drawing of the molten metal into the joint, avoiding a milky appearance.
filler metal running down the outside of the tubing. Flux is completely clear and ac-
tive, looks like water. Bright metal
It is also important to remember that it is easy to add surface is visible underneath. At
too much filler metal to vertical “down” joints, where this point, test the temperature
1100°F (593 °C)
the female fitting opening is facing upward. In this case by touching brazing filler metal to
it helps to point the flame upward also while sweep- base metal. If brazing filler metal
ing around the joint. It helps to prevent over filling the melts, assembly is at proper tem-
perature for brazing.
joint with filler metal.
A well made braze joint will have a complete layer of
filler metal between the entire outside diameter and in-
side diameter of the fitting and tubing with no metal
past the mating areas of the joint on the inside. The

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 7 - BRAZING
After the flux visual condition tells you the tempera- When brazing a device such as a solenoid
ture is correct, you can touch the filler metal to the valve, TXV, hand valve, etc. into a line,
joint. If the joint is at the proper temperature the filler follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-
metal will begin to flow into the joint. As the joint fills tion, if one exists. Occasionally it may
up, move the flame back, reducing the temperature at be required to disassemble the device
the joint slightly and add a little more filler metal to for brazing purposes in order to avoid
provide a concave fillet. As stated previously, the fillet damage to the internal parts. In most
makes for a professional appearance, but adds very lit- cases, the device can be wrapped with wet
tle to the quality of the braze joint (Figure 94 on page cloths during the brazing and cool down
114). period (Figure 95). It is important that if
a solenoid, TXV or other closing device is
being brazed, it must be partially open in
order to allow Nitrogen to pass through
the device during the brazing and cool
down period. A manual device such as a
hand valve should be partially opened (not
backseated) so that the valve seat elasto-
mers are not damaged during brazing. It
should also be noted that there are com-
mercially available heat sink materials
that can be used to isolate brazing heat
from other components.
LD09181
Figure 94 - PROPERLY BRAZED JOINT
Once the filler metal solidifies, use a wet cloth and

while holding both ends of the wet cloth, clean the joint
to remove the residual flux, taking care not to disturb
adjacent un-brazed joints in the process. The result-
ing appearance will be a clean, yellowish gold colored
braze joint.
To avoid burns, use extreme caution when LD09182
cleaning a hot braze joint with a wet cloth. Figure 95 - USING WET CLOTH TO PROTECT
The water in the cloth will turn to steam COMPONENTS WHILE BRAZING
very quickly and if the cloth is allowed to
stay in contact with the hot joint for even
a short period of time, it will quickly con-
duct the heat of the braze joint through
the wet cloth.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 8 - SYSTEM START-UP
CONDENSING UNIT/AIR HANDLING UNIT 5. Assure that the ACCU is programmed for the ap-
SYSTEM START-UP propriate load control. This will either be based on
Johnson Controls Service start-up is Suction Pressure (SP) or Discharge Air Tempera-
recommended and this will benefit the ture (DAT) control. When suction pressure control
customer, consulting engineer, installing is used, check to make sure that the suction pres-
mechanical contractor and YORK. sure transducers are installed and the controlling
thermostats or dry contacts (by others) are wired
into each refrigerant circuit. When DAT control is
used, check to make certain that sensor is properly
The following fundamental checks are recommended
mounted in a thoroughly mixed air-flow location
either prior to or during the system commissioning or
within the air duct or air handling unit.
start-up:
6. Insure that there is a minimum DX coil face ve-
1. Check that the proper equipment and refrigerant locity of 350 FPM for proper DX coil operation.
piping components have been installed in accor- The air-proving switch must be wired into the
dance with the Consulting Engineer’s specifica- condensing unit control circuit. This is needed to
tions. confirm that the air-flow is satisfactory for con-
2. Check the refrigerant piping for conformance to densing unit operation.
the latest ASHRAE Refrigeration Handbook prac- 7. Remote start-stop contacts are properly connected.
tices and/or 050.40-ES3 Piping Guidelines. As a
minimum, things to review for reasonableness are 8. If desired, a remote emergency cut-off is wired
the line sizes, slope, trapping, support, insulation, into the condensing unit.
suction riser (if single or double), and special note
9. Compressors run indication contacts are properly
to the placement and installation of the TXV Bulb
connected, if used.
and equalizer line.
10. Condensing unit alarm contacts are connected for
3. The refrigerant piping must have been leak
each refrigerant circuit, if used (N.O. indicates a
checked and evacuated following ASHRAE rec-
fault).
ommendations. Evacuate the system down to 500
microns. An acceptable leak rate is rise of 100 mi- 11. If remote reset of the DAT is desired, a check
crons in 10 minutes. should be made to see that the PWM input sig-
nal is properly wired (when the condensing unit
4. The system must be charged with the total system
is programmed for DAT). NOTE that newer 031-
refrigerant charge, which is required for the con-
02550-000 control boards can directly accept a
densing unit, DX coils and piping. Operating the
VDC or MA signal for temperature RESET. Re-
load condition, a check should be made of the sub-
view programming.
cooling and superheat. The IOM recommends, at
full load design, that the subcooling should be ad- 12. When remote load limiting is desired, check that
justed to 15 – 17°F by adding or removing charge, the contacts are properly connected to the ACCU 8
and the Suction Super Heat be adjusted to 15°F by condensing unit. This prevents condensing unit
use of the TXV. The subcooling and superheat are from loading beyond a desired value. This will
determined as follows: vary with the unit size and depend on the number
of compressors (see the condensing unit IOM).

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 8 - SYSTEM START-UP
13. The condensing unit is ready to be placed into op- 16. After the system is operating at design or full load
eration. condition, a check should be made of the sub-
cooling and superheat. The IOM recommends,
14. Leak check the system to assure that there are no
at full load design, that the subcooling should be
leaks at the compressors, fittings, and piping.
adjusted to 15°F – 17°F by adding or removing
15. A check of the oil level should be made after the charge, and the Suction Super Heat be adjusted
unit has been put into operation and adding a to 15°F by use of the TXV. The subcooling and
small amount of oil may be required to accom- superheat are determined as follows:
modate the additional piping runs. Adding about
• Sub-cooling = refrigerant liquid pressure
pint for each 100’ of piping may be appropriate.
converted to temperature minus the liquid
Adding too much oil can cause compressor dam-
line temperature.
age and jeopardize the warranty. This can increase
condensing unit power consumption too. The oil • Superheat = suction temperature minus the
level should be checked with the compressors off, suction pressure converted to temperature.
after the ACCU had been operating near design
or full load condition for a minimum of 10 min-
utes to preferably 30 minutes. The oil level should
meet the IOM recommendations.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 9 - CONDENSING UNIT OPERATION
INITIAL SYSTEM COMMISSIONING OR 3. The first compressor on a circuit will start after the
START-UP anti-recycle timer counts down, if the Zone Ther-
mostat input is closed and if safeties permit. The
The electrical power must be applied for 24 hours prior
liquid line solenoid valve will be energized, when
to starting the ACCU condensing unit. This will insure
the compressors start.
adequate time for the compressor heaters to boil off the
refrigerant in the oil sumps. 4. If more cooling is required, the next compressor
in the sequence will start after 150 seconds.
Basic ACCU System Requirements
5. If more cooling is required, the next compressor
Some basic things must be satisfied in order for the (if there are three compressors on the circuit) will
condensing unit to be allowed to operate and provide start after 150 seconds.
cooling. These include:
Compressor Lead/Lag Sequence per Circuit
1. The unit switch must be in the ON position.
The compressors within a refrigerant system rotate
2. Remote cycling contacts need to be closed. starts in sequence 1-2 (two compressor systems) or
3. The ACCU microcomputer Daily Schedule must 1-2-3 (three compressor systems) in a wrap-around
be programmed for the ACCU to operate. technique and will operate per the following rules of
protocol.
4. The air-proving switch must be satisfied (the
evaporator fan blower must be running, when any 1. The longest-off compressor within a system will
compressor is operating). start first.
5. A cooling load must be present. 2. The longest running compressor within a system
will turn off first.
6. The desired setpoint and range must be pro-
grammed into the microprocessor based on either 3. Selectable refrigerant system lead-lag is not avail-
Suction Pressure (SP) or Discharge Air Tempera- able, since the refrigerant systems operate inde-
ture (DAT) control. (Refer to the ACCU Installa- pendently.
tion, Operation, and Maintenance, IOM, for the
available settings.) Shutdown and Pump-down
As the cooling load decreases below the programmed
OPERATING SEQUENCE – CONDENSING setpoint range, the system will unload. The system will
UNIT not shut off the last compressor until the Zone Thermo-
stat input is opened.
When Using ACCU Suction Pressure Control
The following points must be recognized when using When the last system compressor is cycled off, pump-
suction pressure control: down occurs. The liquid line solenoid will be deener-
gized. The last compressor will be allowed to run until
1. The unit start switch needs to be ON. either the suction pressure falls below the suction pres-
2. Each condensing unit circuit operates indepen- sure cut-out or for 180 seconds, whichever occurs first.
dently for loading and unloading. The loading and Hot gas bypass is inhibited during pump-down.
unloading will occur on each circuit, based on the
suction pressure of that circuit. The condensing
unit includes anti-coincident timers (set at 60 sec-
onds) to insure that compressors in systems 1 and 9
2 will not start at the same time.

FORM 050.40-ES3
SECTION 9 - CONDENSING UNIT OPERATION
When Using ACCU Discharge Air Temperature System Lead/Lag Feature

Control (DAT) System Lead/Lag is a programmable feature available
1. The unit start switch is ON. only in Discharge Air Temp Control Mode. There are 3
choices for Lead/Lag.
2. The condensing unit will control both refriger-
ant circuits for loading and unloading, based on AUTO, MANUAL SYS 1,or MANUAL SYS 2 for
discharge air temperature sensing. The condens- refrigerant system sequencing. When automatic is
ing unit includes anti-coincident timers (set at 60 selected, this helps to equalize the average run hours
seconds) to insure that compressors in systems 1 between both refrigerant circuits. If one optional hot
and 2 will not start at the same time. gas bypass valve is installed on a two-circuited ACCU
unit, the MANUAL SYS 1 must be selected. If the op-
3. The first compressor on the lead circuit will start
tional hot gas bypass valves are installed on both re-
after the anti-recycle timer counts down, if DAT is
frigerant circuits, the AUTO or MANUAL SYS 1 or 2
above the programmed set-point range and if safe-
may be selected.
ties permit. The liquid line solenoid valve will be
energized, when the compressors start.
Shutdown and Pump-down
4. If more cooling is required, the next compressor This is similar to that described under the suction pres-
in the sequence will start, after 180 seconds. sure control section.
5. If more cooling is required, the next compres-
CONTROL FROM OTHER SYSTEMS
sor will start, after 180 seconds (if there are three
compressors on the circuit). Contact the Field Support Center for help, when con-
trol schemes are beyond the basic equipment design.
6. The lag refrigerant circuit will be started 5 min-
This group can provide excellent solutions for ex-
utes after the lead circuit, if the cooling demand
panded interfacing with other manufacturers building
requires. The compressor sequencing will occur
automation systems or for unique sequencing of the
like the lead circuit.
air-cooled condensing and matching air handling unit
7. As for unloading, either of the following will oc- combination. If temperature reset is used, it is intended
cur. The system with the most compressors op- for once or twice a day use and not intended for ex-
erating unloads first. Or, the lag system will shut ternal temperature control purpose. It must be assured
down a compressor first, when an equal number of that any external Building Control System should not
compressors are operating in each system. override the ACCU micro-computer safety control cir-
cuitry, which could damage the compressors.
Compressor Lead/Lag Sequence per Circuit
The compressors within a refrigerant system rotate APPLICATIONS AND DESIGN OUTSIDE THE
starts in sequence 1-2 (two compressor systems) or NORM
1-2-3 (three compressor systems) in a wrap-around Applications such as discharge air temperature “flat
technique and will operate per the following rules of lining”; Hot Gas Reheat; Tight Humidity Control; as a
protocol. minimum are not recommended split-system applica-
tions. Always contact Application Engineering support
1. The longest-off compressor within a system will
on designs specifying unique control and/or design
start first.
modifications.
2. The longest running compressor within a system
will turn off first.

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 23 - SUCTION LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-22
LINE SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F
SIZE -40 -20 0 20 40
TYPE L t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F
COPPER
O.D. p = 0.77 p = 0.39 p = 0.19 p = 1.13 p = 0.57 p = 0.29 p = 1.60 p = 0.81 p = 0.40 p = 2.18 p = 1.1 p = 0.55 p = 2.87 p = 1.45 p = 0.73
1/2 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.17 0.12 0.08 0.27 0.18 0.12 0.40 0.27 0.19 0.58 0.40 0.27
5/8 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.32 0.22 0.15 0.50 0.34 0.23 0.75 0.52 0.35 1.10 0.74 0.51
3/4 0.33 0.23 0.15 0.55 0.38 0.26 0.86 0.59 0.40 1.30 0.88 0.60 1.80 1.30 0.87
7/8 0.52 0.35 0.24 0.85 0.58 0.40 1.30 0.91 0.62 2.00 1.40 0.93 2.90 2.00 1.30
1-1/8 1.10 0.72 0.49 1.70 1.20 0.80 2.70 1.90 1.30 4.00 2.80 1.90 5.80 4.00 2.70
1-3/8 1.80 1.30 0.90 3.00 2.10 1.40 4.70 3.20 2.20 7.00 4.80 3.30 10.00 6.90 4.80
1-5/8 2.90 2.00 1.40 4.80 3.30 2.30 7.40 5.10 3.50 11.10 7.60 5.30 15.90 11.00 7.60
2-1/8 6.10 4.20 2.90 10.00 6.90 4.70 15.40 10.70 7.30 22.90 15.90 10.90 32.80 22.80 15.70
2-5/8 10.80 7.50 5.10 17.70 12.20 8.40 27.30 18.90 13.00 40.50 28.10 19.40 58.00 40.30 27.80
3-1/8 17.30 12.00 8.20 28.20 19.50 13.40 43.60 30.20 20.80 64.60 44.80 31.00 92.30 64.20 44.40
3-5/8 25.80 17.80 12.30 42.00 29.10 20.00 64.80 44.90 31.00 96.00 66.70 46.10 137.00 95.40 66.10
4-1/8 36.50 25.20 17.40 59.30 41.10 28.30 91.40 63.40 43.80 135.20 94.00 65.10 193.00 134.40 93.20
5-1/8 65.30 45.20 31.20 106.10 73.60 50.80 163.30 113.50 78.50 241.50 168.10 116.50 344.40 240.20 166.70
6-1/8 105.20 72.93 50.30 170.70 118.50 81.90 262.50 182.60 126.40 387.90 270.30 187.50 552.70 385.80 268.1
NOTES:
Dp = pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet equivalent length.
Dt = change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure drop, °F per 100 feet.
Table 24 - DISCHARGE AND LIQUID LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-22
LINE SIZE DISCHARGE LINES (delta t = 1°F, delta p = 3.03 PSI) LINE SIZE LIQUID LINES
TYPE L SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F TYPE L VEL. = 100 Δt = 1°F
COPPER, O.D. -40 -20 0 20 40 COPPER, O.D. FPM Δp = 3.03
1/2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1/2 2.4 3.7
5/8 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 5/8 3.8 7.0
3/4 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 3/4 5.7 12.0
7/8 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.2 7/8 8.0 18.6
1-1/8 7.5 7.8 8.0 8.3 8.5 1-1/8 13.6 37.8
1-3/8 13.1 13.5 14.0 14.4 14.8 1-3/8 20.7 66.1
1-5/8 20.6 21.4 22.1 22.8 23.4 1-5/8 29.3 104.7
2-1/8 42.7 44.2 45.7 47.1 48.4 2-1/8 51.0 217.5
2-5/8 75.3 78.0 80.6 83.1 85.3 2-5/8 78.7 385.0
3-1/8 119.9 124.3 128.4 132.3 135.9 3-1/8 112.3 615.0
3-5/8 177.9 184.4 190.6 196.3 201.6 3-5/8 151.8 914.6
4-1/8 250.6 259.7 268.4 276.5 283.9 4-1/8 197.4 1291.0
5-1/8 447.0 463.3 478.7 493.2 506.4 5-1/8 307.6 –
6-1/8 717.1 743.2 768.0 791.2 812.5 6-1/8 442.2 –
1. Table capacities are in tons of refrigeration.
∆p = Pressure drop due to line friction, psi per 100 feet equivalent length.
∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure drop, Multiply table capacities by the following factors for
°F per 100 feet.
2. Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and equivalent lengths. condensing temperatures other than 105°F.
∆
Line capacity = Table capacity X CONDENSING SUCTION DISCHARGE
∆ TEMPERATURE, °F LINE LINE
3. Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent lengths Le ∆t 80 1.12 0.82
90 1.07 0.89
=Table ∆t 100 1.03 0.96
110 0.97 1.03
The refrigerant cycle for determining capacity is based on saturated gas leav- 120 0.92 1.10
ing the evaporator and no subcooling in the condenser. Discharge superheat 130 0.87 1.16 A
is 105°F. The saturated suction temperature is 40°F for liquid line sizing. 140 0.82 1.22

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 25 - SUCTION LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-407C

SIZE -40 -20 0 20 40
TYPE L t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 2°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F
COPPER,
O.D. p = 0.69 p = 0.35 p = 0.18 p = 1.04 p = 0.53 p = 0.26 p = 1.50 p = 0.76 p = 0.38 p = 2.08 p = 1.05 p = 0.53 p = 2.81 p = 1.41 p = 0.71
1/2 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.4 0.3
5/8 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.5 0.3 1.0 0.7 0.5
3/4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.5 0.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 3 .7 1.2 0.8
7/8 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.5 0.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 1.7 1.2 0.8 2.6 1.8 1.2
1-1/8 0.8 0.6 0.4 1.4 1.0 0.6 5.3 1.6 1.1 3.5 2.4 1.7 5.3 3.6 2.5
1-3/8 1.4 1.0 0.7 2.4 1.7 1.1 4.0 2.7 1.9 6.1 4.2 2.9 9.2 6.3 4.4
1-5/8 2.2 1.5 1.0 3.9 2.7 1.8 6.3 4.3 3.0 9.7 6.7 4.6 14.5 10.0 6.9
2-1/8 4.6 3.2 2.2 8.0 5.5 3.8 13.0 9.0 6.2 20.1 13.9 9.6 29.9 20.8 14.3
2-5/8 8.2 5.7 3.9 14.2 9.8 6.7 23.0 15.9 11.0 35.6 24.6 17.0 52.8 36.7 25.4
3-1/8 13.2 9.1 6.2 22.7 15.7 10.8 36.8 25.5 17.5 56.7 39.4 27.2 84.2 58.5 40.5
3-5/8 19.6 13.6 9.3 33.8 23.4 16.1 54.6 37.9 26.1 84.2 58.5 40.5 124.9 87.0 60.2
4-1/8 27.7 19.2 13.2 47.7 33.0 22.7 77.1 53.5 36.9 118.7 82.5 57.1 176.0 122.6 85.0
5-1/8 49.7 34.4 23.7 85.3 59.2 40.8 37.8 95.7 66.2 212.1 147.6 102.3 314.1 219.0 152.0
6-1/8 80.1 55.5 38.3 137.3 95.3 65.8 221.5 154.1 106.6 340.6 237.3 164.6 504.0 351.8 244.5
NOTES:
Table 26 - DISCHARGE AND LIQUID LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-407C
TYPE L SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F TYPE L VEL. = 100 Δt = 1°F
COPPER, O.D. -40 -20 0 20 40 COPPER, O.D. FPM Δp = 3.5
1/2 0.71 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.86 1/2 2.20 4.00
5/8 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.60 5/8 3.60 7.50
3/4 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 3/4 5.40 12.90
7/8 3.50 3.70 3.90 4.00 4.20 7/8 7.50 19.90
1-1/8 7.00 7.40 7.80 8.20 8.50 1-1/8 12.70 40.30
1-3/8 12.30 12.90 13.60 14.30 14.90 1-3/8 19.40 70.30
1-5/8 19.30 20.40 21.50 22.50 23.50 1-5/8 27.50 111.20
2-1/8 40.00 42.20 44.40 46.50 48.60 2-1/8 47.80 230.50
2-5/8 70.50 74.50 78.30 82.10 85.60 2-5/8 73.70 407.30
3-1/8 112.30 118.60 124.80 130.70 136.40 3-1/8 105.20 649.60
3-5/8 166.60 176.00 185.10 193.90 202.30 3-5/8 142.30 965.00
4-1/8 234.70 247.80 260.70 273.10 284.90 4-1/8 185.00 1360.00
5-1/8 418.50 441.90 464.90 487.00 508.10 5-1/8 288.30 –
6-1/8 671.30 708.90 745.70 781.20 815.00 6-1/8 414.40 –
1. Table capacities are in tons of refrigeration. Multiply table capacities by the following factors for
∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure drop,
condensing temperatures other than 105°F.
°F per 100 feet.
2. Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and equivalent lengths. CONDENSING SUCTION DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE, °F LINE LINE
∆
Line capacity = Table capacity X 80 1.16 0.81
∆ 90 1.09 0.89
3. Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent lengths Le ∆t 100 1.03 0.96
110 0.97 1.03
=Table ∆t 120 0.90 1.10
130 0.83 1.16
The refrigerant cycle for determining capacity is based on saturated gas leav-
140 0.76 1.19
ing the evaporator and no subcooling in the condenser. Discharge superheat
is 105°F. The saturated suction temperature is 40°F for liquid line sizing.

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 27 - SUCTION LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A

SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F
LINE SIZE
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40
TYPE L t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F t = 1°F t = 0.5°F
COPPER,
O.D. p = 0.42 p = 0.21 p = 0.635 p = 0.318 p = 0.925 p = 0.463 p = 1.285 p = 0.643 p = 1.73 p = 0.865 p = 2.25 p = 1.125
1/2 0.06 0.04 0.11 0.08 0.18 0.13 0.29 0.20 0.43 0.29 0.61 0.42
5/8 0.12 0.08 0.21 0.14 0.35 0.24 0.54 0.37 0.80 0.55 1.15 0.79
3/4 0.21 0.14 0.36 0.25 0.60 0.41 0.92 0.63 1.37 0.94 1.96 1.34
7/8 0.33 0.22 0.57 0.38 0.92 0.63 1.43 0.98 2.12 1.45 3.02 2.08
1-1/8 0.67 0.46 1.15 0.79 1.88 1.28 2.90 1.99 4.29 2.95 6.12 4.22
1-3/8 1.18 0.80 2.02 1.38 3.28 2.25 5.06 3.47 7.49 5.15 10.65 7.34
1-5/8 1.87 1.27 3.20 2.19 5.20 3.56 8.00 5.50 11.84 8.16 16.82 11.62
2-1/8 3.90 2.66 6.66 4.57 10.80 7.42 16.60 11.43 24.53 16.94 34.82 24.06
2-5/8 6.92 4.74 11.81 8.11 19.15 13.16 29.37 20.24 43.30 29.96 61.42 42.54
3-1/8 11.10 7.59 18.88 12.98 30.56 21.03 46.84 32.36 69.12 47.78 97.93 67.88
3-5/8 16.54 11.32 28.12 19.33 45.48 31.32 69.66 48.14 102.68 71.03 145.29 100.82
4-1/8 23.37 16.04 39.75 27.34 64.13 44.26 98.29 67.89 144.70 100.22 204.80 142.08
5-1/8 41.90 28.80 71.16 49.04 114.79 79.27 175.44 121.50 257.95 179.21 365.02 253.76
6-1/8 67.56 46.54 114.71 79.08 184.50 127.75 282.30 195.66 414.50 287.76 586.12 407.59
NOTES:
Table 28 - DISCHARGE AND LIQUID LINE CAPACITIES IN TONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A
SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, °F delta
TYPE L TYPE L VEL. = Δt = 1°F Δt = 5°F
p = 4.75
COPPER, O.D. COPPER, O.D. 100 FPM Δp = 4.75 Δp = 23.3
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40
1/2 1.13 1.17 1.22 1.26 1.30 1.33 0.50 2.00 4.60 10.81
5/8 2.11 2.20 2.29 2.36 2.43 2.49 0.63 3.20 8.60 20.24
3/4 3.59 3.74 3.88 4.02 4.14 4.23 0.75 4.70 14.30 33.53
7/8 5.53 5.76 5.99 6.19 6.38 6.52 0.88 6.70 22.60 52.92
1-1/8 11.16 11.64 12.09 12.50 12.88 13.17 1-1/8 11.40 45.80 106.59
1-3/8 19.39 20.21 21.00 21.72 22.37 22.88 1-3/8 17.40 79.70 185.04
1-5/8 30.63 31.92 33.16 34.30 35.33 36.14 1-5/8 24.60 125.90 291.48
2-1/8 63.20 65.88 68.44 70.78 72.90 74.57 2-1/8 42.80 260.70 601.13
2-5/8 111.20 115.90 120.41 124.53 128.25 131.20 2-5/8 66.00 459.70 1056.39
3-1/8 177.12 184.62 191.80 198.36 204.29 208.98 3-1/8 94.20 733.00 1680.52
3-5/8 262.44 273.54 284.19 293.90 302.70 309.64 3-5/8 127.40 1087.50 2491.00
4-1/8 369.45 385.08 400.07 413.75 426.13 435.90 4-1/8 165.70 1530.20 3500.91
5-1/8 658.32 686.18 712.88 737.26 759.31 776.72 5-1/8 258.20 2729.80 6228.40
6-1/8 1054.47 1099.10 1141.87 1180.91 1216.24 1244.13 6-1/8 371.10 4383.70 9980.43
1. Table capacities are in tons of refrigeration. Multiply table capacities by the following factors for
condensing temperatures other than 105°F.
∆t = Change in saturation temperature corresponding to pressure drop,
°F per 100 feet. CONDENSING SUCTION DISCHARGE
2. Line capacity for other saturation temperatures ∆t and equivalent lengths. TEMPERATURE, °F LINE LINE
∆ 80 1.16 0.81
Line capacity = Table capacity X 90 1.09 0.89
∆
100 1.03 0.96
3. Saturation temperature ∆t for other capacities and equivalent lengths Le ∆t
110 0.97 1.03
120 0.90 1.10
=Table ∆t
130 0.83 1.16
The refrigerant cycle for determining capacity is based on saturated gas leav-
140 0.76 1.19
ing the evaporator and no subcooling in the condenser. Discharge superheat A
is 105°F. The saturated suction temperature is 40°F for liquid line sizing.

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 29 - MINIMUM REFRIGERATION CAPACITY IN TONS FOR OIL ENTRAINMENT UP SUCTION RISERS
(TYPE L COPPER TUBING)
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS
AREA, IN2
TEMP., °F TEMP., °F 0.233 0.348 0.484 0.825 1.256 1.780 3.094 4.770 6.812 9.213 11.97
-30 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.59 0.99 1.53 3.05 5.25 8.19 11.95 16.57
-40 -10 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.58 0.97 1.51 3.00 5.16 8.06 11.75 16.30
10 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.58 0.98 1.52 3.02 5.19 8.11 11.82 16.40
-10 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.39 0.76 1.28 1.97 3.94 6.77 10.57 15.41 21.38
-20 10 0.09 0.15 0.25 0.38 0.74 1.26 1.95 3.89 6.68 10.42 15.20 21.09
30 0.09 0.15 0.26 0.39 0.75 1.27 1.96 3.92 6.73 10.51 15.33 21.26
10 0.11 0.20 0.33 0.49 0.96 1.63 2.52 5.03 8.63 13.48 19.65 27.26
R-22 0 30 0.11 0.19 0.32 0.49 0.94 1.60 2.47 4.93 8.47 13.22 19.29 26.75
50 0.11 0.20 0.32 0.49 0.95 1.61 2.49 4.97 8.54 13.33 19.44 26.96
30 0.14 0.25 0.41 0.62 1.20 2.03 3.15 6.28 10.78 16.84 24.56 34.06
20 50 0.14 0.24 0.40 0.61 1.19 2.01 3.11 6.21 10.66 16.65 24.28 33.68
70 0.14 0.24 0.40 0.61 1.19 2.01 3.11 6.20 10.65 16.63 24.25 33.64
50 0.17 0.30 0.50 0.76 1.48 2.49 3.86 7.70 13.22 20.64 30.11 41.76
40 70 0.17 0.30 0.49 0.74 1.45 2.45 3.78 7.55 12.96 20.24 29.52 40.94
90 0.17 0.30 0.49 0.74 1.45 2.45 3.78 7.55 12.97 20.26 29.54 40.98
-30 0.06 0.10 0.17 0.25 0.49 0.84 1.29 2.58 4.44 6.92 10.10 14.01
-40 -10 0.06 0.10 0.17 0.26 0.51 0.86 1.33 2.65 4.55 7.10 10.35 14.36
10 0.06 0.11 0.18 0.27 0.52 0.88 1.37 2.73 4.69 7.32 10.67 14.81
-10 0.08 0.14 0.23 0.34 0.67 1.13 1.75 3.49 6.00 9.36 13.65 18.93
-20 10 0.08 0.14 0.23 0.35 0.68 1.15 1.78 3.56 6.11 9.54 13.92 19.30
30 0.08 0.14 0.24 0.36 0.70 1.18 1.83 3.65 6.28 0.80 14.29 19.82
10 0.10 0.18 0.29 0.45 0.87 1.47 2.27 4.53 7.78 12.14 17.71 24.56
R-407C 0 0 0.10 0.18 0.30 0.46 0.89 1.51 2.33 4.65 7.98 12.46 18.17 25.20
50 0.10 0.19 0.31 0.47 0.91 1.54 2.38 4.76 8.17 12.76 18.61 25.82
30 0.13 0.23 0.38 0.58 1.12 1.90 2.94 5.86 10.06 15.71 22.92 31.79
20 50 0.13 0.23 0.39 0.59 1.14 1.93 2.98 5.95 10.22 15.95 23.27 32.28
70 0.13 0.24 0.39 0.60 1.16 1.96 3.03 6.05 10.40 16.24 23.68 32.85
50 0.16 0.29 0.47 0.71 1.39 2.35 3.64 7.26 12.47 19.46 28.39 39.38
40 70 0.16 0.29 0.48 0.73 1.41 2.39 3.70 7.38 12.68 19.79 28.87 40.05
90 0.17 0.30 0.49 0.74 1.44 2.44 3.77 7.52 12.92 20.17 29.42 40.82
-30 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.39 0.76 1.29 2.00 3.98 6.84 10.68 15.58 21.61
-40 -10 0.09 0.16 0.26 0.40 0.78 1.32 2.04 4.07 6.99 10.90 15.90 22.06
10 0.09 0.16 0.27 0.41 0.79 1.34 2.08 4.15 7.12 11.12 16.22 22.50
-10 0.11 0.20 0.33 0.50 0.98 1.66 2.56 5.12 8.79 13.72 20.01 27.76
-20 10 0.11 0.21 0.34 0.51 1.00 1.69 2.62 5.22 8.97 14.01 20.43 28.35
30 0.12 0.21 0.35 0.52 1.02 1.73 2.67 5.33 9.15 14.29 20.84 28.91
10 0.14 0.25 0.42 0.63 1.23 2.08 3.21 6.41 11.01 17.19 25.08 34.79
R-410A 0 30 0.14 0.26 0.43 0.64 1.26 2.12 3.28 6.55 11.25 17.57 25.62 35.54
50 0.15 0.26 0.44 0.66 1.28 2.17 3.35 6.68 11.48 17.92 26.14 36.25
30 0.19 0.34 0.56 0.85 1.65 2.79 4.32 8.61 14.80 23.10 33.69 46.74
20 50 0.19 0.35 0.57 0.87 1.69 2.85 4.41 8.81 15.13 23.62 34.45 47.78
70 0.20 0.35 0.58 0.88 1.72 2.91 4.50 8.97 15.42 24.07 35.11 48.70
50 0.21 0.37 0.61 0.93 1.81 3.06 4.73 9.44 16.22 25.32 36.93 51.22
40 70 0.21 0.38 0.63 0.95 1.85 3.13 4.84 9.65 16.58 25.88 37.75 52.36
90 0.22 0.39 0.64 0.97 1.88 3.19 4.93 9.83 16.89 26.37 38.46 53.35
Refrigeration capacity in tons is based on 90°F liquid temperature and superheat as indicated by the tem-
perature in the table. The saturated condensing and suction conditions are referenced to the dewpoint for
R-407C. For other liquid line temperatures, use correction factors to the capacity given in the table below.
REFRIGERANT
50 60 70 80 100 110 120 130 140
R-22 1.16 1.12 1.08 1.04 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.82 0.78
R-407C 1.21 1.16 1.11 1.05 0.94 0.89 0.83 0.77 0.70
R-410A 1.21 1.16 1.11 1.05 0.94 0.89 0.82 0.76 0.68

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 30 - MINIMUM REFRIGERATION CAPACITY IN TONS FOR OIL ENTRAINMENT UP HOT GAS RISERS
(TYPE L COPPER TUBING)
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS
AREA, IN2
TEMP., °F TEMP., °F 0.233 0.348 0.484 0.825 1.256 1.780 3.094 4.770 6.812 9.213 11.97
110 0.23 0.42 0.69 1.04 2.02 3.42 5.29 10.56 18.15 28.33 41.32 57.31
80 140 0.22 0.39 0.65 0.98 1.91 3.23 5.00 9.98 17.15 26.77 39.04 54.15
170 0.21 0.38 0.62 0.94 1.84 3.11 4.80 9.58 16.46 25.70 37.49 52.00
120 0.24 0.43 0.71 1.07 2.09 3.53 5.46 10.90 18.72 29.22 42.62 59.12
90 150 0.23 0.40 0.67 1.01 1.96 3.32 5.13 10.25 17.60 27.48 40.08 55.60
180 0.22 0.39 0.64 0.96 1.88 3.17 4.90 9.78 16.81 26.24 38.27 53.09
130 0.25 0.44 0.73 1.11 2.16 3.65 5.64 11.26 19.34 30.20 44.05 61.10
R-22 100 160 0.23 0.41 0.68 1.03 2.01 3.41 5.27 10.51 18.05 28.18 41.11 57.02
190 0.22 0.40 0.65 0.99 1.92 3.25 5.02 10.02 17.21 26.86 39.18 54.34
140 0.25 0.45 0.75 1.13 2.21 3.73 5.77 11.52 19.79 30.89 45.06 62.50
110 170 0.24 0.42 0.70 1.06 2.06 3.48 5.38 10.73 18.44 28.79 41.99 58.24
200 0.22 0.40 0.66 0.99 1.93 3.27 5.06 10.09 17.33 27.06 39.46 54.74
150 0.26 0.46 0.76 1.15 2.25 3.80 5.87 11.72 20.14 31.44 45.85 63.60
120 180 0.24 0.43 0.70 1.06 2.07 3.50 5.41 10.81 18.56 28.98 42.27 58.63
210 0.23 0.41 0.67 1.01 1.97 3.34 5.16 10.30 17.70 27.63 40.30 55.90
110 0.42 0.69 1.05 2.04 3.46 5.34 10.66 18.32 28.60 41.72 57.87
80 140 0.22 0.40 0.66 0.99 1.93 3.27 5.05 10.08 17.31 27.02 39.42 54.67
170 0.21 0.38 0.63 0.95 1.85 3.13 4.84 9.66 16.60 25.91 37.79 52.42
120 0.24 0.43 0.71 1.07 2.07 3.51 5.42 10.83 18.60 29.03 42.35 58.74
90 150 0.23 0.41 0.67 1.02 1.98 3.35 5.19 10.35 17.78 27.76 40.49 56.17
180 0.22 0.39 0.65 0.98 1.90 3.22 4.97 9.93 17.06 26.63 38.83 53.87
130 0.24 0.44 0.72 1.09 2.13 3.60 5.56 11.10 19.07 29.77 43.42 60.23
R-407C 100 160 0.23 0.42 0.69 1.05 2.04 3.44 5.32 10.62 18.25 28.49 41.55 57.63
190 0.22 0.40 0.66 1.00 1.94 3.28 5.07 10.12 17.39 27.15 39.60 54.93
140 0.25 0.45 0.73 1.11 2.16 3.66 5.65 11.28 19.38 30.25 44.12 61.21
110 170 0.24 0.42 0.70 1.06 2.06 3.49 5.39 10.76 18.49 28.86 42.10 58.39
200 0.23 0.41 0.67 1.01 1.98 3.34 5.17 10.31 17.71 27.65 40.32 55.93
150 0.25 0.45 0.75 1.13 2.20 3.71 5.74 11.45 19.68 30.72 44.80 62.15
120 180 0.24 0.43 0.71 1.07 2.09 3.53 5.46 10.91 18.73 29.25 42.66 59.17
210 0.23 0.41 0.68 1.03 2.01 3.40 5.26 10.49 18.03 28.14 41.04 56.93
110 0.30 0.54 0.88 1.33 2.60 4.40 6.80 13.56 23.30 36.38 53.06 73.60
80 140 0.28 0.50 0.82 1.24 2.41 4.08 6.31 12.60 21.64 33.79 49.28 68.36
170 0.25 0.45 0.74 1.11 2.17 3.67 5.67 11.32 19.44 30.35 44.27 61.41
120 0.30 0.54 0.90 1.36 2.64 4.47 6.91 13.80 23.70 37.00 53.96 74.85
90 150 0.28 0.50 0.83 1.25 2.43 4.11 6.36 12.69 21.79 34.02 49.62 68.83
180 0.25 0.45 0.75 1.13 2.21 3.73 5.77 11.52 19.79 30.89 45.05 62.49
130 0.31 0.55 0.91 1.37 2.67 4.51 6.98 13.93 23.93 37.36 54.49 75.59
R-410A 100 160 0.27 0.48 0.80 1.20 2.34 3.96 6.13 12.23 21.01 32.79 47.83 66.35
190 0.26 0.46 0.76 1.15 2.23 3.77 5.84 11.65 20.01 31.24 45.56 63.19
140 0.31 0.55 0.91 1.37 2.67 4.52 6.99 13.95 23.96 37.41 54.56 75.69
110 170 0.27 0.49 0.80 1.21 2.36 3.99 6.16 12.30 21.13 32.98 48.11 66.73
200 0.26 0.46 0.76 1.15 2.24 3.79 5.86 11.70 20.10 31.37 45.76 63.47
150 0.30 0.54 0.90 1.36 2.64 4.47 6.91 13.80 23.70 37.00 53.97 74.86
120 180 0.27 0.48 0.80 1.21 2.35 3.98 6.15 12.28 21.09 32.92 48.02 66.61
210 0.26 0.46 0.76 1.15 2.23 3.78 5.84 11.66 20.03 31.27 45.61 63.27
Refrigeration capacity in tons is based on 90°F liquid temperature and superheat as indicated by the tem-
perature in the table. The saturated condensing and suction conditions are referenced to the dewpoint for
R-407C. For other liquid line temperatures, use correction factors to the capacity given in the table below.
REFRIGERANT
-40 -20 0 40
R-22 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.03
R-407C 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.04
R-410A 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.02

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 31 - FITTING LOSSES IN EQUIVALENT FEET OF PIPE (SCREWED, WELDED, FLANGED AND
BRAZED CONNECTIONS)
SMOOTH BEND ELBOWS SMOOTH BEND TEES
90° 90° LONG 90° 45° 45° 180° FLOW STRAIGHT-THROUGH FLOW
STD.a RADIUSb STREETa STD.a STD.a STD.a THROUGH
NOMINAL NO REDUCED REDUCED
BRANCH
PIPE OR REDUCTION 1/4 1/2
TUBE
SIZE, IN.
3/4d 1/2d
d d
3/8 1.4 0.9 2.3 0.7 1.1 2.3 2.7 0.9 1.2 1.4
1/2 1.6 1.0 2.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.4 1.6
3/4 2.0 1.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 3.2 4.0 1.4 1.9 2.0
1 2.6 1.7 4.1 1.3 2.1 4.1 5.0 1.7 2.2 2.6
1-1/4 3.3 2.3 5.6 1.7 3.0 5.6 7.0 2.3 3.1 3.3
1-1/2 4.0 2.6 6.3 2.1 3.4 6.3 8.0 2.6 3.7 4.0
2 5.0 3.3 8.2 2.6 4.5 8.2 10.0 3.3 4.7 5.0
2-1/2 6.0 4.1 10.0 3.2 5.2 10.0 12.0 4.1 5.6 6.0
3 7.5 5.0 12.0 4.0 6.4 12.0 15.0 5.0 7.0 7.5
3-1/2 9.0 5.9 8.2 4.7 7.3 15.0 18.0 5.9 8.0 9.0
4 10.0 6.7 10.0 5.2 8.5 17.0 21.0 6.7 9.0 10.0
5 13.0 8.2 12.0 6.5 11.0 21.0 25.0 8.2 12.0 13.0
6 16.0 10.0 15.0 7.9 13.0 25.0 30.0 10.0 14.0 16.0
Table 32 - SPECIAL FITTING LOSSES IN EQUIVALENT FEET OF PIPE (ASHRAE)

SUDDEN ENLARGEMENT, D/D SUDDEN CONTRACTION, D/D SHARP EDGE PIPE PROJECTION
NOMINAL 1/4 1/2 3/4 1/4 1/2 3/4 ENTRANCE EXIT ENTRANCE EXIT
PIPE OR
TUBE
SIZE, IN.
3/8 1.4 0.8 0.3 0.7 0.5 0.3 1.5 0.8 1.5 1.1
1/2 1.8 1.1 0.4 0.9 0.7 0.4 1.8 1.0 1.8 1.5
3/4 2.5 1.5 0.5 1.2 1.0 0.5 2.8 1.4 2.8 2.2
1 3.2 2.0 0.7 1.6 1.2 0.7 3.7 1.8 3.7 2.7
1-1/4 4.7 3.0 1.0 2.3 1.8 1.0 5.3 2.6 5.3 4.2
1-1/2 5.8 3.6 1.2 2.9 2.2 1.2 6.6 3.3 6.6 5.0
2 8.0 4.8 1.6 4.0 3.0 1.6 9.0 4.4 9.0 6.8
2-1/2 10.0 6.1 2.0 5.0 3.8 2.0 12.0 5.6 12.0 8.7
3 13.0 8.0 2.6 6.5 4.9 2.6 14.0 7.2 14.0 11.0
3-1/2 15.0 9.2 3.0 7.7 6.0 3.0 17.0 8.5 17.0 13.0
4 17.0 11.0 3.8 9.0 6.8 3.8 20.0 10.0 20.0 16.0
5 24.0 15.0 5.0 12.0 9.0 5.0 27.0 14.0 27.0 20.0
6 29.0 22.0 6.0 15.0 11.0 6.0 33.0 19.0 33.0 25.0
Table 33 - VALVE LOSSES IN EQUIVALENT FEET OF PIPE (ASHRAE)

NOMINAL PIPE OR SWING
GLOBEa 60° WYE 45° WYE ANGLEa GATEb LIFT CHECK
TUBE SIZE, IN. CHECKc
3/8 17 8 6 6 0.6 5
1/2 18 9 7 7 0.7 6 Globe
3/4 22 11 9 9 0.9 8 and
1 29 15 12 12 1.0 10 vertical lift
1-1/4 38 20 15 15 1.5 14 same as
1-1/2 43 24 18 18 1.8 16 globe
2 55 30 24 24 2.3 20 valved
2-1/2 69 35 29 29 2.8 25
3 84 43 35 35 3.2 30 Angle lift
3-1/2 100 50 41 41 4.0 35 same as
4 12 58 47 47 4.5 40 angle
5 140 71 58 58 6.0 50 valve.
6 170 88 70 70 7.0 60
NOTE:
Losses are for valves in fully open position and with screwed, welded, flanged, or flared connections.
a
These losses do not apply to valves with needlepoint seats.
b
Regular and short pattern plug cock valves, when fully open, have the same loss as gate valve.
c
Losses also apply to the in-line, ball-type check valve.
d
For Y pattern globe lift check valve with seat approximately equal to the nominal pipe diameter, use values of 60° Wye valves for loss.

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 34 - REFRIGERANT CHARGE IN POUNDS PER 100 FEET OF SUCTION LINE

SIZE, R-22 R-134a R-407C R-410A
OD -40 0 40 0 20 40 -40 0 40 -40 0 40
1/2 0.03 0.07 0.15 0.05 0.07 0.11 0.02 0.06 0.14 0.05 0.11 0.23
5/8 0.05 0.12 0.25 0.08 0.12 0.17 0.04 0.10 0.22 0.07 0.17 0.36
3/4 0.07 0.18 0.37 0.11 0.17 0.26 0.06 0.15 0.33 0.11 0.25 0.53
7/8 0.10 0.24 0.51 0.16 0.24 0.36 0.08 0.21 0.46 0.15 0.35 0.74
1-1/8 0.17 0.42 0.87 0.27 0.41 0.61 0.14 0.36 0.79 0.25 0.60 1.26
1-3/8 0.26 0.64 1.33 0.41 0.62 0.92 0.21 0.55 1.20 0.38 0.92 1.92
1-5/8 0.37 0.90 1.88 0.58 0.88 1.31 0.30 0.78 1.70 0.54 1.30 2.72
2-1/8 0.65 1.57 3.27 1.00 1.54 2.27 0.53 1.35 2.95 0.95 2.25 4.74
2-5/8 1.01 2.42 5.04 1.55 2.37 3.50 0.81 2.09 4.55 1.46 3.47 7.30
3-1/8 1.44 3.45 7.19 2.21 3.38 5.00 1.16 2.98 6.50 2.08 4.96 10.42
3-5/8 1.94 4.66 9.73 2.99 4.57 6.77 1.57 4.03 8.79 2.82 6.71 14.10
4-1/8 2.52 6.06 12.65 3.88 5.94 8.79 2.04 5.24 11.42 3.66 8.72 18.32
5-1/8 3.93 9.45 19.71 6.05 9.26 13.70 3.17 8.17 17.80 5.71 13.59 28.56
6-1/8 5.65 13.58 28.34 8.69 13.31 19.70 4.56 11.74 25.59 8.20 19.53 41.05
Table 35 - REFRIGERANT CHARGE IN POUNDS PER 100 FEET OF DISCHARGE LINE

LINE SATURATED DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE, F
SIZE, R-22 R-134A R-407C R-410A
OD 80 110 140 80 110 140 80 110 140 80 110 140
1/2 0.22 0.33 0.48 0.17 0.27 0.40 0.21 0.33 0.50 0.37 0.56 0.85
5/8 0.35 0.53 0.77 0.27 0.43 0.65 0.34 0.53 0.80 0.58 0.89 1.35
3/4 0.53 0.79 1.15 0.41 0.64 0.97 0.50 0.78 1.19 0.86 1.34 2.02
7/8 0.73 1.10 1.60 0.57 0.89 1.34 0.70 1.09 1.65 1.20 1.85 2.81
1-1/8 1.25 1.87 2.72 0.97 1.52 2.29 1.19 1.86 2.81 2.05 3.16 4.79
1-3/8 1.90 2.85 4.14 1.48 2.31 3.49 1.81 2.83 4.28 3.12 4.82 7.29
1-5/8 2.69 4.04 5.86 2.09 3.28 4.94 2.57 4.01 6.06 4.42 6.82 10.31
2-1/8 4.67 7.02 10.20 3.63 5.70 8.59 4.47 6.97 10.55 7.68 11.86 17.94
2-5/8 7.20 10.83 15.72 5.60 8.79 13.25 6.89 10.74 16.27 11.85 18.29 27.66
3-1/8 10.28 15.45 22.45 8.00 12.54 18.92 9.83 15.34 23.22 16.91 26.10 39.48
3-5/8 13.91 20.90 30.36 10.82 16.96 25.59 13.30 20.74 31.40 22.88 35.32 53.42
4-1/8 18.08 27.17 39.46 14.06 22.05 33.26 17.29 26.96 40.82 29.72 45.89 69.41
5-1/8 28.17 42.34 61.50 21.91 34.37 51.84 26.94 42.02 63.62 46.34 71.54 108.20
6-1/8 40.50 60.87 88.41 31.50 49.40 74.52 38.73 60.41 91.46 66.60 102.82 155.52
Table 36 - REFRIGERANT CHARGE IN POUNDS PER 100 FEET OF LIQUID LINE

LINE SATURATED DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE, °F
SIZE, R-22 R-134A R-407C R-410A
OD 80 110 140 80 110 140 80 110 140 80 110 140
1/2 7.47 7.03 6.50 7.56 7.13 6.64 7.11 6.64 6.11 6.63 6.03 5.19
5/8 12.01 11.29 10.44 12.15 11.46 10.66 11.42 10.67 9.81 10.66 9.68 8.34
3/4 17.93 16.86 15.59 18.14 17.11 15.92 17.05 15.93 14.65 15.91 14.46 12.45
7/8 24.91 23.42 21.66 25.20 23.78 22.11 23.69 22.14 20.35 22.11 20.09 17.30
1-1/8 42.47 39.93 36.93 42.96 40.54 37.70 40.39 37.74 34.70 37.69 34.26 29.49
1-3/8 64.69 60.82 56.24 65.44 61.74 57.42 61.52 57.49 52.85 57.41 52.17 44.92
1-5/8 91.56 86.09 79.61 92.62 87.39 81.28 87.08 81.37 74.81 81.26 73.85 63.58
2-1/8 159.30 149.80 138.50 161.10 152.00 141.40 151.50 141.60 130.10 141.40 128.50 110.60
2-5/8 245.60 231.00 213.60 248.50 234.40 218.00 233.60 218.30 200.70 218.00 198.10 170.60
3-1/8 350.60 329.70 304.80 354.70 334.60 311.20 333.40 311.60 286.40 311.10 282.80 243.50
3-5/8 474.20 445.90 412.30 479.70 452.60 420.90 451.00 421.40 387.40 420.80 382.50 329.30
4-1/8 616.40 579.60 536.00 623.60 588.40 547.20 586.20 547.80 503.60 547.10 497.20 428.10
5-1/8 960.70 903.30 835.30 971.80 917.00 852.80 913.70 853.80 784.90 852.60 774.90 667.20 A
6-1/8 1381.00 1299.00 1201.00 1397.00 1318.00 1226.00 1313.00 1227.00 1128.00 1226.00 1114.00 959.10

FORM 050.40-ES3
APPENDIX
Table 37 - HGBP QUICK LINE SELECTION

R-22 AND (R-407C) - MAX TONS, R-410A - MAX TONS,
LINE SIZE
(TYPE "L" REFRIG GRADE)
150 EF 50 EF 150 EF 50 EF
¾" 2.6 4.7 4.0 7.4
⅞" 3.9 7.1 6.2 11.4
1-⅛" 7.9 14.4 12.6 23.0
1-⅜" 13.7 25.1 21.8 40.0
1-⅝" 21.7 39.6 34.5 63.1
2-⅛" 44.9 82.1 71.1 130.2
Table 38 - HGBP LINE SIZING FOR R-22, R-407C AND R-410A REFRIGERANTS
NOTE: When HGBP selections fall between two line sizes, always use the line size closest to the selection point.

FORM 050.40-ES3
NOTES

P.O. Box 1592, York, Pennsylvania USA 17405-1592 800-861-1001 Subject to change without notice. Printed in USA
Copyright © by Johnson Controls 2011 www.johnsoncontrols.com ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Form 050.40-ES5 (212)
Issue Date: February 23, 2012
Supersedes: 050.40-ES5 (408)

York Cond Unit Piping Guidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

York Cond Unit Piping Guidelines

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

York Cond Unit Piping Guidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What safety guidelines should be followed when working with HVAC equipment?

What safety guidelines should be followed when working with HVAC equipment?

What are the different refrigerants discussed in the document and their applications?

What are the different refrigerants discussed in the document and their applications?

AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT

DX COIL SPLIT SYSTEM

GUIDELINES FOR PROPER APPLICATION PIPING AND

Indicates a possible hazardous situation Identifies a hazard which could lead to

Indicates a potentially hazardous situa- Highlights additional information useful

CHANGEABILITY OF THIS DOCUMENT

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

SECTION 1 - EQUIPMENT LOCATION..................................................................................................................13

SECTION 2 - EQUIPMENT SELECTION................................................................................................................17

SECTION 3 - COIL SELECTION/CONFIGURATION..............................................................................................33

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Basic Tips For Successful Designs................................................................................................................. 44

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Selecting Liquid Line....................................................................................................................................... 76

SECTION 6 - NECESSARY COMPONENTS..........................................................................................................93

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

SECTION 8 - SYSTEM START-UP........................................................................................................................ 115

SECTION 9 - CONDENSING UNIT OPERATION................................................................................................. 117

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT'D)

LEGENDS AND NOTES

The following defines some of the non-script abbrevia-

SECTION 1 - EQUIPMENT LOCATION 1

LOCATION AND CLEARANCES FOUNDATION

NOISE SENSITIVE LOCATIONS CONDENSER COIL PROTECTION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SECTION 2 - EQUIPMENT SELECTION

SYSTEM COMPONENTS Condenser

Figure 1 - MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS

FACE SPLIT ROW SPLIT INTERLACED

ACCU with DX Coil Selection

Figure 3 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES WITH CIRCUITS RATED 50/50%

ACCU with DX Coil Selection

Figure 4 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES WITH CIRCUITS RATED 50/45%

Single DX Coil selection using 6 (2) Separate DX Coil selections with

ACCU with ? ACCU with ACCU with ACCU with

With Nom. 36" Access*

Figure 5 - DX COIL SELECTION EXAMPLES FOR DUAL ACCU'S

Expansion Device As the temperature of the superheated suction gas

Figure 7 - COOLING CAPACITY RATING CHART (SHOWN FOR R-22)

APPLICATION DESIGN CONDITIONS DX Coil Performance Information

SYSTEM BALANCE POINT METHOD #1 – BALANCE POINT/CROSS PLOT

Figure 8 - CONDENSING UNIT CAPACITY AT 95° F (EXAMPLE FOR R-22)

Air Cooled Scroll Condensing Unit

Evaporator Data Condenser Date Performance Data

Air Cooled Scroll Condensing Unit

Evaporator Data Condenser Date Performance Data

EXCLUSIVELY FOR: CROSS PLOT DATA EXAMPLE

JOB NAME: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SATURATED SUCTION PERFORMANCE

MODEL YCUL0056EC VOLTAGE 460-3-60 REFRIGERANT R22

SATURATED SUCTION TEMP SYSTEM 1 35.0 F

CONDENSER: DESIGN AIR TEMPERATURE 95.0 F. ALTITUDE 0. FT

FANS IN OPERATION 4 TOTAL CFM 47360.

CONDENSER TEMP SYSTEM 1 117.1 F

EXCLUSIVELY FOR: CROSS PLOT DATA EXAMPLE

JOB NAME: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SATURATED SUCTION PERFORMANCE

MODEL YCUL0056EC VOLTAGE 460-3-60 REFRIGERANT R22